U.Va. 


MILITARY  AND  NAVAL 
RECOGNITION   BOOK 

A  Handbook  on  the  Organization, 

Insignia  of  Rank,  and  Customs 

of  the  Service  of  the  World's 

Important  Armies  and  Navies 


BY 

Lieut.   J.  W.   BUNKLEY 

U.  S.  Navy 


51  FULL-PAGE  BLATES 
18  IN  COLORS 


NEW  YORK 
D.  VAN  ISTOSTRAND  COMPANY 

25  Park  Place 
1917 


NAVY  I>EFARTMENT 

t 


WASHINGTON 


October  5,  1917, 

To:    Lieutenant  J.  W.  Bunkley,  U.  S.  Navy, 

SUBJECT:     Publication  of  Article. 

1.  You  are  authorized  to  publish  the  manuscript  sub- 
mitted this  day  for  scrutiny  in  accordance  with  Article 
1534  (3)  Navy  Regulations,  1913. 


^^Tl^--ft-VJ2^>v^^ 


.  .>   J 


Copyright,  1917 

BT 

D.  VAN  NOSTRAND  COMPANY 


PREFACE 


The  following  pages  were  prepared,  not  only  for 
those  in  the  Military  and  Naval  Service,  but  also 
for  the  Laymen  who,  since  the  beginning  of  the  war, 
have  shown  such  a  keen  interest  in  the  uniforms, 
insignia,  and  customs  of  our  fighting  forces.  The 
information  was  all  obtained  from  official  sources  and 
every  effort  has  been  put  forth  to  make  it  as  cor- 
rect and  as  complete  as  possible.  Special  stress  has 
been  laid  on  the  insignia  of  rank,  which  has  been 
shown  in  the  most  minute  detail. 

It  is  hoped  that  every  man,  both  old  and  new  in 
the  service,  will  find  this  volume  useful  in  recognizing 
the  various  insignia  and  uniforms  of  his  own  and 
sister  services  and  of  the  foreign  Armies  and  Navies, 
which  he  meets  from  day  to  day. 

The  chapters  on  the  organization  of  our  Army  and 
Navy,  the  duties  of  the  officers  and  men,  as  well  as 
the  composition  of  the  various  units,  should  prove 
particularly  interesting  at  this  time.  Those  on  the 
customs  of  the  service  were  written  especially  for  men 
who  have  lately  entered,  or  who  contemplate  entering, 
the  military  or  naval  life  and  who  wish  to  become 
familiar  with  the  etiquette  and  customs  peculiar  to 
such  a  life. 

Joel  William  Bunkley. 
Navy  Yard,  Washington, 
December,  1917. 

iii 

370165 


CONTENTS 


CHAP,  PAGE 

I.  Organization  of  the  Army  Bureaus  and  Corps  1 

II.  Composition  of  the  Army 7 

III.  Organization  of  the  Army  in  the  Field  ....  13 

IV.  Departments  and  Divisions 15 

V.  Various  Ranks  Held  in  Army 17 

VI.  Army  Etiquette  and  Customs 21 

Salutes — Courtesies  in  Conversation. 

VII.  Calls 30 

VIII.  Composition  of  the  Navy 33 

The  Fleet  Naval  Reserve — The  Naval  Reserve 
— The  Naval  Auxiliary  Reserve — The  Naval 
Coast  Defense  Reserve — The  Naval  Reserve 
Flying  Corps — The  Volunteer  Naval  Reserve — 
United  States  Junior  Naval  Reserve. 

IX.  Organization  of  the  Navy  Ashore 38 

X.  Naval  Districts 44 

XI.  The  Organization  of  the  Navy  Afloat 46 

XII.  Types  of  Ships 49 

XIII.  Duties  of  Naval  Officers  and  Men  Aboard 

Ship 52 

Duties  of  Naval  Officers  according  to  Rank — 
Titles  and  Relative  Rank  of  Staff  Officers,  U.  S. 
Navy. 

XIV.  Naval  Etiquette  and  Customs — Salutes  ....     62 
XV.  United  States  Marine  Corps 70 

XVI.  Coast  Guard 72 

XVII.  Light  House  Service 73 

XVIII.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey 75 

V 


vi  CONTENTS 

CHAP.  PAGE 

XIX.  Strength     and     Organization     of     Foreign 

Armies 77 

France  —  Germany  —  Austria-Hungary  — 
Russia — Great  Britain — Italy. 

XX.  United  States — Army  Uniforms 82 

XXI.  United  States — Navy  Uniforms 101 

XXII.  Great  Britain — Army  and  Navy  Uniforms.  .  125 

XXIII.  France — Army  and  Navy  Uniforms 136 

XXIV.  Germany — Army  and  Navy  Uniforms 145 

XXV.  Italy — Army  and  Navy  Uniforms 153 

XXVI.  Austria-Hungary — Army  and  Navy  Uniforms  161 

XXVII.  Japan — ^Army  and  Navy  Uniforms 170 

XXVIII.  Russia — Army  and  Navy  Uniforms 177 

XXIX.  Belgium — Army  Uniforms 182 

XXX.  Turkey — Army  and  Navy  Uniforms 188 

XXXI.  Serbia,  Montenegro,  Rumania,  Portugal  and 

Bulgaria 190 

XXXII.  United  States  War  Medals 193 

XXXIII.  Ribbons  of  Medals  and  Badges 210 

XXXIV.  Definition  of  Guns 215 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 


United  States  Flags Frontispiece 

United  States  Army 

PLATE  PAGE 

I.  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Shoulder  Loops 83 

II.  Insignia   of    Rank   on    Overcoat    Cuffs,    Cap 

and  Collar  Devices 86 

III.  Officers'  Collar  Ornaments 88 

IV.  Officers'  Collar  Ornaments 89 

V.  Enlisted  Men's  Chevrons  and  Specialty  Marks.  92 

VI.  Enlisted  Men's  Chevrons  and  Specialty  Marks. .  93 

VII.  Enlisted  Men's  Specialty  Marks  and  Chevrons. .  94 

VIII.  Insignia  for  Service  Caps  Worn  by  Enlisted  Men  95 

IX.  Enlisted  Men's  Collar  Devices 97 

X.  Colors  of  the  Branches  of  the  Service,  Army  Flags 
and  Signals,  Company  Flags,  Dress  Trou- 

ser  Stripes 99 

United  States  Navy 

XI.  Shoulder  Marks  Worn  on  White  Uniforms  and 

Overcoats,  Line  Officers 102 

XII.  Shoulder  Marks  Worn  on  White  Uniforms  and 
Overcoats,  Medical  Corps,  Naval  Construc- 
tors' Corps,  Civil  Engineers'  Corps 103 

XIII.  Shoulder  Marks  Worn  on  White  Uniforms  and 
Overcoats,  Profescor  of  Mathematics,  Chap- 
lains,   Chief    Warrant    Officers,    Warrant 

Officers 104 

vii 


viu  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

PLATE  PAGE 

XIV.  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuffs,  Line  Officers,  Staff 

Officers...... 107 

XV.  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuffs,  Paymaster  Corps, 

Medical  Corps,  Constructors'  Corps 108 

XVI.  Insignia    of    Rank    on    Cuffs,    Civil     Engin- 
eers,   Corps,    Professor    of    Mathematics, 

Chaplain 109 

XVII.  Rank  and  Corps  Devices 110 

XVIII.  Specialty  Marks Ill 

XIX.  Petty  Officers'  Chevrons,  Naval  Reserve  Button 

and  Collar  Device 112 

XX.  Hats  and  Caps  Worn  by  Officers 113 

XXI.  United  States  Naval  Militia,  Insignia  of  Rank 

on  Cuffs,  Shoulder  Straps 115 

'XXII.  United  States  Marine  Corps,  Insignia  of  Rank 

on  Shoulder  Loops 117 

XXIII.  United  States  Coast  Guard,  Lighthouse  Service 

and  Marine  Corps 119 

XXIV.  United  States  Coast  Guard,  Shoulder  Marks  and 

Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuffs  for  Line  Oflficers 

and  Engineer  Officers 120 

XXV.  United  States  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey, 
Shoulder  Loops,  Insignia  on  Cuffs,  and 
Collar  Devices 123 

XXVI.  British  Army— Insignia 126 

XXVII.  British  Army— Insignia 127 

XXVIII.  British  Navy— Insignia 130 

XXIX.  British  Navy— Insignia 131 

XXX.  British  Navy— Isnignia 133 

XXXI.  British  Navy— Insignia 134 

XXXII.  French  Army,  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuffs 139 

XXXIII.  French  Army,  Service  Insignia 140 

XXXIV.  French  Navy,  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuff ...  143 

XXXV.  German  Army,  Grade  Insignia 148 

XXXVI.  German  Navy,  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuff 151 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS  ix 

PLATE  PAGE 

XXXVII.  Italian  Army,  Collar  Devices,  Hats  and  Shoulder 

Marks 155 

XXXVIII.  Italian  Navy,  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuff I57 

XXXIX.  Austro-Hungarian  Army,  Insignia  of  Rank  on 

Collar 162 

XL.  Austro-Hungarian  Navy 167 

XLI.  Japanese  Army,  Shoulder  Marks 171 

XLIL  Japanese  Navy,  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuff 175 

XLIII.  Russian  Army,  Shoulder  Marks 178 

XLIV.  Russian  Navy,  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuff 179 

XLV.  Belgian  Army,  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Collar 185 

XL VI.  Serbian  Army,  Shoulder  Marks 191 

XLVII.  United  States  Navy  War  Medals  and  Deco- 
rations     199 

XL VIII.  United  States  Army  War  Medals  and  Eecora- 

tions 203 

XLIX.  United  States  War  Medal  Ribbons 212 

L.  United  States  War  Medal  Ribbons 213 


MILITARY  AND  NAVAL 
RECOGNITION    ROOK 


CHAPTER  I 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  BUREAUS 
AND  CORPS 

The  President  of  the  United  States  is  Commander- 
in-Chief  of  the  Army  and  Navy. 

The  Secretary  of  War  is  a  civiHan  appointed  by  the 
President,  and  as  head  of  the  War  Department,  has 
the  care  and  control  of  the  Army. 

The  Assistant  Secretary  of  War  is  a  civihan,  ap- 
pointed by  the  President,  who  performs  the  duties 
assigned  to  him  by  the  Secretary  and  by  law. 

An  Act  of  Congress  approved  February  14,  1903, 
established  the  General  Staff  Corps  and  created  a 
Chief  of  Staff. 

The  Chief  of  Staff  is  detailed  by  the  President  from 
the  Officers  of  the  Army  at  large  not  below  the  grade 
of  Brigadier  General. 

The  Chief  of  Staff,  under  the  direction  of  the 
President  and  the  Secretary  of  War,  has  supervision 


,)    I  >  ,.?  'AmiTABy  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

of  all  troops  of  the  Line,  of  the  Adjutant  GeneraFs, 
Inspector  General's,  Judge  Advocate  General's,  Quar- 
termaster's, Subsistence,  Medical,  and  Ordnance  De- 
partments, of  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  and  of  the 
Signal  Corps.  He  performs  such  other  mihtary  duties 
as  may  be  assigned  to  him  by  the  President.  The 
affairs  of  the  Army  are  administered  through  the 
various  Bureaus  or  Departments  mentioned  above 
and  the  General  Staff  Corps. 

The  Staff  consists  of  the  following: 

General  Staff  Corps. 

Adjutant  General's  Department. 

Inspector  General's  Department. 

Judge  Advocate  General's  Department. 

Quartermaster's  department. 

Subsistence  Department. 

Medical  Department. 

Ordnance  Department. 

Corps  of  Engineers  (except  a  limited  number  of 
battaUons  attached  to  the  Une). 

Signal  Corps. 

Staff  Officers  shall  not  assume  command  of  troops 
unless  put  on  duty  under  orders  which  specially  so 
direct,  by  authority  of  the  President. 

Officers  of  the  Medical  Departments  cannot  exercise 
command  except  in  their  own  departments. 

The  duties  of  the  departments  and  corps  enumerated 
above  are  as  follows: 

General  Staff  Corps.  To  prepare  plans  for  the 
National  defense. 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  BUREAUS    3 

To  prepare  plans  for  the  mobilization  of  all  military- 
forces  in  time  of  war. 

To  investigate  all  questions  affecting  the  efficiency 
of  the  Army  and  its  state  of  preparedness. 

To  render  professional  aid  and  assistance  to  the 
Secretary  of  War  and  to  general  and  other  superior 
officers. 

Adjutant  GeneraPs  Department.  To  have  charge 
of  orders,  correspondence  and  records  of  the  Army. 

All  orders  and  instructions  emanating  from  the 
President,  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  Chief  of  Staff, 
or  any  officer  with  a  command  equal  to  or  greater  than 
a  brigade,  are  communicated  to  troops  and  individuals 
in  the  military  service  through  this  department.  All 
records  of  the  War  Department  relating  to  the  his- 
tory of  every  officer  and  soldier  of  the  Army  and  to 
the  movements  and  operations  of  troops,  the  records 
of  all  appointments,  promotions,  resignations,  deaths, 
and  other  casualties  are  kept  in  this  office. 

To  prepare  and  distribute  Commissions. 

To  have  charge  of  the  recruiting  of  the  Army. 

To  have  supervision  of  the  pension  of  the  War 
Department. 

Inspector  General's  Department.  To  exercise  a 
general  observation  over  all  matters  pertaining  to 
the  efficiency  of  the  Army,  the  condition  and  state  of 
supplies  of  all  kinds,  of  the  expenditure  of  pubhc 
property  and  moneys,  and  the  condition  of  accounts 
of  all  disbursing  officers,  of  the  conduct,  discipline, 
and  efficiency  of  officers  and  troops. 


4     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Judge    Advocate    General's    Department.    To    see 

that  justice  is  administered.  The  Judge  Advocate 
General  is  the  custodian  of  the  records  of  all  general 
courts-martial,  courts  of  inquiry  and  mihtary  com- 
missions. 

Quartermaster's  Department.  To  furnish  all  the 
necessary  supplies  in  the  Army  with  the  exception 
of  the  subsistence  stores,  ordnance  stores,  medical 
supplies,  and  signal  and  engineer  supplies. 

To  provide  the  army  with  transportation  animals, 
forage,  fuel,  clothing,  camp  and  garrison  equipage, 
barracks,  storehouses,  and  other  buildings. 

To  attend  to  all  matters  pertaining  to  military  oper- 
ations which  are  not  assigned  to  some  other  bureau. 

To  have  charge  of  the  supply,  distribution  of,  and 
accounting  for  the  pa3Tnent  of  the  Army. 

Subsistence  Department.    To  subsist  the  Army. 

To  expend  the  funds  appropriated  for  subsisting 
the  enlisted  men  and  for  purchasing  articles  kept  for 
sale  to  officers  and  enhsted  men. 

Medical  Department.  To  supervise  the  sanitary 
condition  of  the  Army. 

To  care  for  the  sick  and  wounded. 

To  examine  physically  all  officers  and  enlisted  men. 

To  manage  all  mihtary  hospitals,  etc. 

Ordnance  Department.  To  supply  the  army,  by 
purchase  or  manufacture,  with  arms,  equipments, 
ammunition,  and,  in  fact,  everj^hing  pertaining  to 
fighting  material. 

To  estabUsh  and  maintain  arsenals  and  depots  for 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  BUREAUS    5 

the  manufacture,  repairing,  and  safe-keeping  of  ord- 
nance stores. 

To  provide  equipment  for  hqrses  and  field  outfits 
tor  soldiers. 

Engineer  Department.  To  reconnoiter,  survey  and 
make  maps  for  military  purposes,  including  the  plan- 
ning and  superintendence  of  defensive  or  offensive 
works  in  the  field,  the  construction  and  repair  of  for- 
tifications, and  the  construction  and  repair  of  mihtary 
roads  and  bridges. 

To  take  charge  of  river  and  harbor  improvements 
and  to  superintend  the  erection  of  important  pubHc 
buildings. 

Signal  Corps.  To  supervise  the  instruction  in 
mihtary  signaHng  and  telegraphy  prescribed  by  the 
War  Department. 

To  procure,  preserve,  and  distribute  the  necessary 
suppHes  for  the  Signal  Corps  and  for  the  lake  and 
seacoast  defense. 

To  construct,  repair,  and  operate  all  mihtary  tele- 
graph and  telephone  lines  and  cables,  field  telegraph 
trains,  balloon  trains,  etc. 

To  have  charge  of  the  construction  and  operations 
of  all  airships. 

Embarkation  Service.  To  coordinate  all  ship- 
ments of  munitions  and  supplies  of  every  kind  and 
all  troop  movements  whose  ultimate  destination  is 
Europe,  and  to  advise  and  assist  the  Chief  of  Staff 
in  reference  thereto.  To  have  direct  supervision, 
imder  the  Chief  of  Staff,  of  all  movements  of  sup- 


6     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

plies  from  points  of  origin  to  ports  of  embarkation. 
To  supervise  the  operations  of  the  latter,  and  to  con- 
trol the  employment  of  all  Army  transports  engaged 
in  the  trans-Atlantic  service  and  such  commercial 
shipping  as  may  be  used  to  supplement  that  service. 
To  arrange  with  the  Navy  for  convoy  service. 

The  Army  War  College  is  located  at  Washington, 
D.  C,  and  its  purpose  is  to  study  Army  warfare, 
strategy  and  tactics,  and  to  formulate  methods  and 
plans  to  conduct  warfare  imder  all  conditions  and 
circumstances. 


CHAPTER  II 
COMPOSITION   OF  ARMY 

The  Army  of  the  United  States  is  divided  into  three 
parts,  designated  as  follows: 

The  Regular  Army,  the  National  Guard,  and  the 
National  Army. 

The  regular  Army  consists,  mainly,  of  the  follow- 
ing: 

Infantry. 

Cavalry. 

Quartermaster's  Corps. 

Ordnance  Department. 

Signal  Corps. 

Adjutant  General's  Department. 

Inspector  General's  Department. 

Judge  Advocate  General's  Department. 

Additional  Sergeants. 

Indian  Scouts. 

Porto  Rico  Regiments. 

Field  Artillery. 

Coast  Artillery. 

Medical  Department. 

Corps  of  Engineers. 

General  Staff  Corps. 

Detached  Officer's  List. 

7 


8    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Chaplains. 

Regular  Army  Reserve. 

Retired  Officers. 

Retired  enlisted  men. 

The  National  Guard  is  organized  by  States  for  in- 
terior State  protection  in  times  of  peace.  It  is  subject 
to  call  for  special  service,  or  to  draft  by  the  Federal 
authorities,  under  the  National  Defense  Act,  of  June 
3,  1916. 

The  guard  is  armed,  uniformed,  and  equipped  by 
the  Federal  Government  from  funds  appropriated 
by  Congress  for  that  purpose,  and  allotted  each  year 
to  the  different  States  on  the  basis  of  the  number  of 
men  in  the  National  Guard  organized  in  the  States 
on  the  30th  day  of  June. 

When  drafted  into  Federal  service  the  guard  be- 
comes part  of  the  armed  forces  of  the  United  States, 
and  while  in  service  is  outside  the  control  of  States 
and  receives  the  same  pay  and  allowances  as  that  of 
the  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  similar  grade  in  the 
Regular-  Army,  and  is  subject  to  the  same  laws,  reg- 
ulations, and  discipline  as  the  Regular  Army.  The 
guard  is  organized  on  the  model  of  the  Regular  Army 
and  maintains  all  branches  of  the  service  save  aviation. 

The  National  Army  is  composed  of  young  men, 
strong,  alert,  competent.  It  is  representative  of  our 
entire  citizenship,  and  in  its  selection  and  training 
gives  to  all  equal  opportunity  to  serve  and  to  com- 
mand. The  men  who  compose  it  are  within  the  ages 
designated  by  Congress. 


COMPOSITION  OF  ARMY  9 

The  regiments,  brigades,  and  divisions  of  each  arm 
of  the  above  three  groups  are  numbered  in  separate 
series,  the  first  number  to  be  as  indicated  in  the  fol- 
lowing tabla : 


- 

Regiment. 

Brigade. 

Division. 

Inf. 

F.A. 

Cav. 

E   grs. 

Inf. 

F.A. 

Cav. 

Inf. 

F.A. 

Cav. 

Regular  Army 

National  Guard 

National  Army 

1 
101 
301 

1 
101 
301 

1 
101 
301 

1 
101 
301 

1 

51 

151 

1 

51 

151 

1 

51 

151 

1 
26 
76 

15* 

*  Cavalry  divisions  of  the  Regular  Army  will  start  at  No.  15  in  order  to 
provide  for  the  organization  of  other  divisions,  either  mounted  or  dismounted. 

Engineer  regiiionts  (except  Pioneers)  will  be  num- 
bered in  the  manner  already  approved  and  in  effect. 

The  Officers'  Reserve  Corps  is  authorized  by  National 
Defense  Act,  approved  June  3,  1916. 

Applicants  commissioned  in  the  Officers'  Reserve 
Corps  rank  in  the  various  sections  according  to  grades 
and  to  length  of  service  in  their  grades.  Commis- 
sions are  issued  for  five  years. 

In  time  of  peace,  officers  of  the  Reserve  are  liable 
to  service  in  the  field  for  fifteen  days  every  year, 
during  which  service  they  will  receive  the  pay  and 
allowances  of  their  respective  grades  in  the  Regular 
Army.  In  tiiiie  of  actual  or  threatened  hostilities 
the  President  may  order  members  of  the  Officers' 
Reserve  Corps,  subject  to  physical  examination,  to 
temporary  duty  with  the  Regular  Army,  or  as  officers 


10     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

in  volunteer  or  other  organizations  that  may  be  au- 
thorized by  law,  or  as  officers  at  recruit  rendezvous 
and  depots  or  on  other  duty.  They  may  be  pro- 
moted to  vacancies  in  volunteer  organizations  or  in 
the  Regular  Army.  While  Reserve  officers  are  on 
such  service  they  shall  be  entitled  to  the  pay  and 
allowances  of  the  corresponding  grades  in  the  Regular 
Army. 

Commissions  in  the  Officers'  Reserve  Corps  are 
open  to  ''  such  citizens  as  shall  be  found  physically, 
mentally,  and  morally  qualified.''  Enhsted  men  of 
the  Regular  Army  and  of  the  National  Guard,  are 
eligible,  but  not  officers. 

The  Enlisted  Reserve  Corps  is  also  authorized  by  the 
National  Defense  Act,  approved  June  3,  1916,  the 
purpose  or  object  being  to  secure  an  additional  reserve 
of  enlisted  men  in  '  the  following  special  branches : 
Medical  Department,  Quartermaster  Corps,  Engineer 
Corps,  Ordnance  Department,  and  Signal  Corps,  who 
can  be  brought  to  the  aid  of  the  Government  in  time 
of  national  crisis. 

Applicants  must  be  citizens  between  18  and  45 
years  of  age,  physically  and  morally  fit.  Previous 
military  training  is  not  required. 

In  time  of  peace  enlistment  is  for  four  years.  Re- 
servists must  keep  themselves  physically  fit  and  are 
liable  to  two  weeks'  military  training  a  year.  In 
time  of  war  reservists  may  be  assigned  to  duty  with 
units  of  the  Regular  Army  or  formed  into  separate 
units. 


COMPOSITION  OF  ARMY  11 

The  department  known  as  the  Bureau  of  the  Em- 
barkation Service  is  created  for  the  period  of  the  war. 

The  officers  and  enhsted  men  of  the  Army  are 
divided  into  two  major  divisions:  The  Staff  and 
The  Line. 

The  Staff  has  charge  of  the  food,  clothing,  trans- 
portation, payment,  armament,  medical  attendance,  in- 
spection, administration  of  justice,  communication,  etc. 

A  large  portion  of  the  duties  in  connection  with  the 
above,  however,  devolve,  at  times,  upon  officers  of 
the  Line. 

The  Line  does  the  work  in  the  field  such  as  march- 
ing, fighting,  campaigning,  etc.,  and  furnishes  gar- 
risons for  fortified  and  unfortified  posts. 

The  Line  is  divided  into  what  is  known  as  the 
Arms  of  the  Service,  as  follows: 

Cavalry  (Cav.) 

Field  Artillery  (F.  A.) 
Coast  Artillery  (C.  A.) 
Infantry  (Inf.) 

Engineers  (Eng.) 

By  Act  of  Congress  a  Hmited  number  of  Battalions 
of  Engineers  constitute  a  part  of  the  regular  line 
of  the  Army.  Their  primary  duties,  however,  are 
to  construct  mines,  pontoons,  military  bridges,  mil- 
itary roads,  and  fortifications,  etc.,  etc. 

The  Field  Artillery  accompanies  an  Army  in  the 
field  and  includes  light  artillery,  horse  artillery,  siege 
artillery  and  mountain  artillery. 


12     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

The  Coast  Artillery  is  organized  upon  a  geographical 
basis  and  has  charge  of  the  fixed  and  movable  ele- 
ments of  land  and  coast  fortifications,  including 
submarine  mine  defenses. 

The  Coast  Artillery  is  divided  into  Artillery  Dis- 
tricts under  the  command  of  an  Artillery  District 
Commander,  an  officer  of  rank  of  Colonel  or  a  General 
Officer.     Each  district  incorporates  a  fortified  harbor. 

Each  district  has  one  or  more  Battle  Commands, 
under  the  command  of  a  Battle  Commander,  usually 
an  officer  of  the  rank  of  Colonel.  He  commands  all 
of  the  artiUery  defenses  bearing  upon  a  single  channel 
of  approach. 

Each  Battle  Command  is  divided  into  two  or  more 
Fire  Commands  and  Mine  Commands.  Each  Fire 
Commander,  usually  a  Major,  commands  a  group  of 
batteries.  Each  battery  is  commanded  by  a  battery 
commander  (a  captain  or  lieutenant). 

The  Mine  Commander  commands  the  mine  fields 
and  the  rapid  fire  batteries  and  is  coordinate  with  the 
fire  commander. 

Battery  Commanders  have  other  officers  under 
their  command,  usually  lieutenants,  who  perform  the 
duties  of  Range  Officers,  and  Emplacement  Officers. 
Battle  Commanders  have  also  Communication  and 
Searchlight  Officers.  Fire  Commanders  have  Com- 
munication Officers. 

The  Coast  Artillery  Corps  is  divided  into  com- 
panies, each  company  comprising  a  single  battery. 


CHAPTER  III 
ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  IN  THE  FIELD 

An  Army  Corps  consists  of  two  or  more  divisions 
organized  under  one  command.  A  General,  Lieutenant 
General,  or  a  Major  General  commands  a  Corps. 

A  Division  consists  of  two  or  more  brigades,  usually 
including  several  arms  of  the  service.  A  Major 
General  commands  a  Division.  Although  the  strength 
of  a  unit  is  subject  to  change,  19,000  men,  at  present, 
constitutes  a  division. 

A  typical  infantry  division  (subject  to  changes  to 
suit  varying  conditions)  at  present  includes : 

1  division  headquarters, 

1  machine-gun  battalion  of  four  companies, 

2  Infantry  brigades  of  two  regiments  and  1  machine- 

gun  battalion  (three  companies)  each, 

1  Field  Artillery  brigade  of  three  regiments  and  1 
trench  mortar  battery, 

1  Engineer  regiment, 

1  Field  signal  battalion, 

1  train  headquarters  and  military  police, 

1  ammunition  train, 

1  supply  train, 

1  engineer  train  (less  pontoon  and  searchlight  sec- 
tions), 

1  sanitary  train  of  four  ambulance  companies. 

13 


14     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

A  Brigade  consists  of  two  or  three  regiments  of 
the  same  or  different  arms,  organized  under  one  com- 
mand.    A  Brigadier  General  commands  a  brigade. 

A  Regiment  consists  of  three  battahons.  A  Colonel 
commands  a  regiment  and  it  is  the  administrative 
unit  in  the  Cavalry  and  Infantry.  The  strength  of  a 
regiment  is  about  3600  men. 

A  Battalion  (called  Squadron  in  the  Cavalry)  con- 
sists of  four  companies. 

A  Major  commands  a  battalion. 

A  Company  is  the  smallest  constant  fundamental 
unit.     A  Captain  commands  a  Company. 

A  Squad  consists  of  a  Corporal  and  seven  privates. 
The  Corporal  is  the  squad  leader. 

A  Company  is  divided  into  Squads,  two  or  three 
squads  forming  a  Section,  two  sections  forming  a 
Platoon,  and  four  Platoons  a  Company. 

Company  is  the  term  used  for  Infantry,  Coast 
Artillery  and  Engineers. 

Battery  is  the  relative  unit  in  the  Field  Artillery 
and  Troop  is  the  relative  unit  in  the  Cavalry. 

The  strength  of  a  Company  is  as  follows : 

Infantry  Company.  Approximate  strength:  2  Cap- 
tains, 1  1st  Lieutenant,  3  2d  Lieutenants,  1st  Sergeants, 
Mess  Sergeants,  Supply  Sergeants,  Sergeants,  Cor- 
porals, Cooks,  Buglers,  Mechanics,  Privates,  1st  class, 
Privates. — Total  250  men,  6  officers. 


CHAPTER  IV 


DEPARTMENTS  AND  DIVISIONS 


All  territory  occupied  by  the  Army  of  the  United 
States  in  time  of  peace  is  divided  into  geographical 
divisions  called  Divisions  and  Departments,  and  com- 
manded by  general  officers,  generally  a  Major  General, 
assigned  by  direction  of  the  President. 

The  geographical  division  of  territory  for  military 
purposes  includes  Divisions,  Departments,  Districts, 
and  Sub-districts. 

Departments  are  generally  commanded  by  major  gen- 
erals or  brigadier  generals.  Districts  by  brigadier  generals, 
and  sub-districts  by  colonels  or  lieutenant  colonels. 
COAST   ARTILLERY   DISTRICTS 


Name. 

Limits. 

Head- 
quarters. 

North  Atlantic 

Coast  from  northern  boundary  of 

Boston, 

Maine  to  southern  boundary  of 

Mass. 

Connecticut. 

Middle  Atlantic 

Coast  from  southern  boundary  of 

New  York, 

Connecticut  to  northern  bound- 

N. Y. 

ary  of  North  Carolina. 

South  Atlantic 

Coast  from  northern  boundary  of 

Charles- 

North Carolina  to  southern  bound- 

ton, S.  C. 

ary  of  Texas. 

North  Pacific 

Coast  from  northern  boundary  of 

Seattle, 

Washington  to  southern  boundary 

Wash. 

of  Oregon. 

South  Pacific 

Coast  from  northern  boundary  of 

San   Fran- 

California  to  southern  boundary 

Cisco, 

of  California. 

Cal. 

15 


16    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 


DEPARTMENTS 


Name. 

Composition. 

Head- 
quarters. 

Northeastern 

Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont, 

Boston, 

Department 

Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  and 
Connecticut. 

Mass. 

Eastern  Depart- 

New York,  Pennsylvania,  New  Jer- 

New York, 

ment 

sey,  Delaware,  Maryland,  Virginia, 
Canal  Zone,  and  Porto  Rico. 

N.  Y. 

Southeastern 

North    Carolina,    South   Carohna, 

Charleston 

Department 

Tennessee,     Georgia,     Alabama, 
Mississippi,  Arkansas,  Louisiana,, 
and  Florida. 

S.  C. 

Central  Depart- 

North Dakota,  South  Dakota,  Min- 

Chicago, 

ment 

nesota,  Wisconsin,  Michigan,  Ne- 
braska,   Iowa,    lUinois,    Indiana, 
Ohio,  West  Virginia,  Kentucky, 
Missouri,  and  Kansas. 

111. 

Southern   De- 

Arizona, New  Mexico,  Oklahoma, 

San  Anto- 

partment 

and  Texas. 

nio,  Tex. 

Western    D  e  - 

Washington,  Montana,  Oregon,  Ida- 

San  Fran- 

partment 

ho,  Wyoming,  California,  Nevada, 

cisco, 

Utah,  and  Alaska. 

Cal. 

Hawaiian  De- 

Hawaiian Islands. 

Honolulu, 

partment 

Hawaii. 

PhiUppine   De- 

Philippine Islands. 

Manila, 

partment 

P.I. 

CHAPTER  V 
VARIOUS  RANKS  HELD  IN  ARMY 

There  are  two  general  classes  of  men  in  the  Army: 
Commissioned  officers,  who  exercise  a  certain  author- 
ity over  others  by  virtue  of  a  commission  issued  to 
them  by  the  President  of  the  United  States,  and 
EnUsted  Men,  who  constitute  the  Rank  and  File  of 
the  Army. 

Enlisted  Men  are  divided  into  two  general  classes: 
Privates  and  Non-Comniissioned  Officers. 

Privates  exercise  no  authority  except  that  given  to 
them  temporarily  by  an  immediate  superior. 

Non  Commissioned  Officers,  called  Sergeants  and 
Corporals,  are  given  warrants  by  virtue  of  which  they 
exercise  a  limited  authority. 

Chaplains  are  clergymen  with  military  commissions, 
by  virtue  of  which  they  have  charge  of  the  spiritual 
welfare  of  soldiers.  Retired  Officers  are  those  who 
have  been  retired  from  active  service  but  who  are 
part  of  the  Regular  Army,  being  subject  to  the  rules 
and  articles  of  war. 

The  following  are  the  grades  in  order  of  rank  of 
Officers  and  non-commissioned  officers. 

1.  General. 

2.  Lieutenant  General. 

17 


18     MILITARY  AND  NAV^L  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

3.  Major  General. 

4.  Brigadier  General. 

5.  Colonel. 

6.  Lieutenant  Colonel. 

7.  Major. 

8.  Captain. 

9.  First  Lieutenant. 

10.  Second  Lieutenant. 

11.  Veterinarian,  Cavalry  and  Field  Artillery. 

12.  Cadet. 

13.  (a)  Sergeant-Major,  regimental;  Sergeant-Ma j or, 

senior  grade,  Coast  Artillery  Corps;  (6)  master 
electrician.  Coast  Artillery  Corps;  master  sig- 
nal electrician;  (c)  engineer.  Coast  Artillery 
Corps;  (d)  electrician  sergeant,  first  class. 
Coast  Artillery  Corps. 

14.  Ordnance  sergeant;    post  commissary-sergeant, 

post  quartermaster-sergeant;  sergeant,  first 
class.  Hospital  Corps;  first  class  signal  ser- 
geant; electrician  sergeant,  second  class.  Coast 
Artillery  Corps;  master  gunner.  Coast  Artil- 
lery Corps. 

15.  Quartermaster-sergeant  andcommissary-sergeant, 

regimental;  chief  musician. 

16.  Sergeant-major,   squadron   and   battalion;    ser- 

geant-major, junior  grade.  Coast  Artillery 
Corps;  color  sergeant;  chief  trumpeter; 
principal  musician;  battalion  quartermaster- 
sergeant,  engineers  and  field  artillery. 

17.  First  sergeant;  drum  major. 


VARIOUS  RANKS  HELD  IN  ARMY  19 

18.  Sergeant;      quartermaster-sergeant,      Company 

stable  sergeant. 

19.  (a)  Corporal;  (6)  fireman,  Coast  Artillery  Corps. 
In  each  grade  and  sub-grade,  date  of  commission, 

appointment,  or  warrant  determines  the  order  of 
precedence. 

All  officers  from  Major  to  Colonel,  inclusive,  whether 
of  the  line  or  staff  corps,  are  regarded  as  Field 
Officers. 

The  Field  and  Staflf  of  a  regiment  consists  of  the 
Colonel  and  the  regimental  staff,  the  lieutenant  colonel 
and  the  three  majors. 

The  Regimental  Staff  consists  of  the  Adjutant, 
Quartermaster,  and  Commissary.  The  Chaplain  and 
the  medical  officers  on  duty  with  a  regiment  are  in 
practice  considered  staff  officers  of  the  Colonel. 

The  Adjutant  has  charge  of  all  official  correspondence. 
He  keeps  a  complete  journal  of  events,  including  a 
record  of  all  orders  given  and  all  reports  received. 

The  Quartermaster  supervises  all  details  of  trans- 
portation, animals,  forage,  fuel,  clothing,  quarters, 
camp  equipage,  etc. 

The  Commissary  is  the  purchasing  and  disbursing 
officer  and  has  charge  of  the  details  of  subsistence. 

The  Battalion  Staff  consists  of  a  Battalion  Adjutant, 
Battalion  Quartermaster  and  Commissary  whose  duties 
are  similar  to  those  enumerated  above. 

The  Regimental  Non- Commissioned  Staff  consists 
of  the  Regimental  Sergeant-Major,  the  Regimental 
Quartermaster-Sergeant,  the  Regimental  Conamissary- 


20     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Sergeant,    and    two    Color-Sergeants,    appointed    by 
the  Regimental  Commander. 

The  Battalion  Non- Commissioned  Staff  consists  of 
the  Battalion  Sergeant-Major,  appointed  by  the 
Regimental  Commander  upon  the  recommendation  of 
the  Battalion  Commander. 


CHAPTER  VI 

ARMY  ETIQUETTE  AND   CUSTOMS 

"  Courtesy  among  military  men  is  indispensable 
to  discipline;  respect  to  seniors  will  not  be  confined 
to  obedience  to  duty,  but  will  be  extended  on  all 
occasions."     (Army  Regulations.) 

Salutes 

As  in  the  daily  civil  life  we  see  courtesy  extended 
by  the  tipping  of  the  hat,  so,  in  military  life,  this 
courtesy  is  shown  in  the  form  of  a  salute.  From  the 
beginning  of  time,  the  custom  of  saluting  has  been 
found  wherever  there  was  a  mihtary  organization. 

Thirty  paces  or  less  is  saluting  distance;  that  is, 
salutes  are  not  as  a  rule  given  at  a  greater  distance 
than  about  thirty  paces. 

Six  paces  is  the  distance  at  which  the  salute  should 
be  given  if  you  are  coming  that  near  or  nearer.  If 
not  coming  within  six  paces  salute  when  you  are  at. 
the  nearest  distance.  To  salute  with  the  hand,  first 
assume  the  position  of  a  soldier  or  march  at  attention. 
Look  the  person  you  are  to  salute  straight  in  the  eye 
when  at  the  proper  distance,  raise  the  right  hand 
smartly  till  the  tip  of  the  forefinger  touches  the  lower 
part  of  the  headdress  or  forehead  above  the  right  eye, 

21 


22     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

thumb  and  fingers  extended  and  joined,  palm  to  the 
left,  forearm  inclined  about  45°,  hand  and  wrist 
straight.  Maintain  the  position  of  salute,  looking 
the  person  you  are  saluting  straight  in  the  eye  until 
he  acknowledges  the  salute  or  until  he  has  passed, 
then  drop  the  hand  smartly  to  the  side.  The  salute 
is  given  with  the  right  hand  only. 

The  rifle  and  saber  salute  may  be  found  in  the 
drill  regulations. 

Be  careful  about  returning  the  salute  of  those  under 
you.  Do  not  do  so  with  a  cigar  or  pipe  in  your  mouth. 
It  is  both  unmiUtary  and  impolite. 

The  National  or  regimental  color  or  standard  un- 
cased passing  a  guard  or  other  armed  body  will  be 
saluted,  the  field  music  sounding  'Ho  the  color"  or 
''to  the  standard."  Officers  or  enlisted  men  passing 
the  uncased  color  will  render  the  prescribed  salute; 
with  no  arms  in  hand,  the  salute  will  be  the  hand 
salute,  using  the  right  hand.  Use  the  saber  or  rifle 
salute  if  armed  with  the  saber  or  rifle. 

The  National  flag  and  the  regimental  flag  belonging 
to  dismounted  organizations  of  the  army,  are  called 
colors.  Those  belonging  to  mounted  organizations 
are  called  standards.  These  are  the  only  flags  a 
soldier  salutes,  except  the  salute  to  the  flag  at  retreat 
and  the  salute  to  the  flag  aboard  ship. 

Whenever  the  National  Anthem  is  played  at  any 
place  when  persons  belonging  to  the  military  service 
are  present,  all  officers  and  enlisted  men  not  in  for- 
mation will  stand  at  attention  facing  toward  the  music 


ARMY  ETIQUETTE  AND  CUSTOMS  23 

(except  at  retreat  when  they  shall  face  toward  the 
flag).  If  in  uniform,  and  covered,  they  shall  salute  at 
the  first  note  of  the  anthem,  retaining  the  position  of 
salute  until  the  last  note  of  the  anthem.  If  not  in 
uniform  and  covered,  they  shall  uncover  at  the  first 
note  of  the  anthem,  holding  the  headdress  opposite 
the  left  shoulder,  and  so  remain  until  its  close  except 
that  in  inclement  weather  the  headdress  may  be  slightly 
raised.  The  same  rules  apply  when  to  the  color  or 
to  the  standard  is  sounded  as  when  the  National 
Anthem  is  played. 

At  parade,  and  other  ceremonies  under  arms,  the 
command  shall  render  the  prescribed  salute  and  shall 
remain  in  the  position  of  salute  while  the  National 
Anthem  is  being  played;  also  at  retreat  and  during 
ceremonies  when  to  the  color  is  played,  if  no  band  is 
present.  If  not  under  arms,  the  organizations  shall 
be  brought  to  attention  at  the  first  note  of  the  National 
Anthem,  to  the  color  or  to  the  standard,  and  the 
salute  rendered  by  the  officer  or  non-commissioned 
officer  in  command. 

If  the  command  is  in  line  at  a  halt  (not  in  the  field) 
and  armed  with  the  rifle,  or  with  sabers  drawn,  it 
shall  be  brought  to  present  arms  or  present  sabers 
before  its  commander  salutes  in  the  following  cases: 
When  the  National  Anthem  is  played  or  when  ''to  the 
color"  or  ''to  the  standard"  is  sounded  during  cere- 
monies, or  when  a  person  is  saluted  who  is  its  immediate  - 
or  higher  commander  or  a  general  officer,  or  when  the 
National  or  regimental  color  is  saluted. 


24     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Salutes  and  honors,  as  a  rule,  are  not  paid  by  troops 
actually  engaged  in  drill,  on  the  march,  or  in  the 
field  under  campaign  or  simulated  campaign  conditions. 
Troops  on  the  service  of  security  pay  no  compliment 
whatever. 

If  two  detachments  or  other  commands  meet,  their 
commanders  will  exchange  salutes,  both  commands 
being  at  attention. 

No  salute  is  rendered  when  marching  in  double  time 
or  at  a  trot  or  gallop. 

A  non-commissioned  officer  or  private  in  command 
of  a  detachment  without  arms  salutes  all  officers  with 
the  hand,  but  if  the  detachment  be  on  foot  and  armed 
with  the  rifle  or  carbine,  he  makes  the  rifle  or  carbine 
salute,  and  if  armed  with  a  saber  he  salutes  with  it. 

Salutes  shall  be  exchanged  between  officers  and 
enlisted  men  at  all  times  of  the  day  and  night  when 
meeting,  passing  near  or  being  addressed,  the  junior 
in  rank  or  the  enlisted  man  saluting  first,  except  when 
at  drill,  work,  games,  or  mess  or  in  a  military  forma- 
tion. 

When  an  officer  enters  a  room  where  there  are  several 
enlisted  men  the  word  '' attention"  is  given  by  some 
one  who  perceives  him,  when  all  rise,  uncover,  and 
remain  standing  at  attention  until  the  officer  leaves 
the  room  or  directs  otherwise.  Soldiers  at  meals  do 
not  rise  but  stop  eating  and  remain  seated  at  attention. 

Soldiers  actually  at  work  or  engaged  in  athletic 
exercises  do  not  salute  unless  spoken  to. 

An  enUsted  man,  if  seated,  rises  on  the  approach 


ARMY  ETIQUETTE  AND  CUSTOMS  25 

of  an  officer,  faces  toward  him  and  salutes.  If  standing 
he  faces  the  officer  for  the  same  purpose.  If  the  par- 
ties remain  in  the  same  place  or  on  the  same  ground, 
such  compliments  need  not  be  repeated. 

An  enlisted  man  makes  the  prescribed  salute  with 
the  weapon  he  is  armed  with,  or  if  unarmed,  whether 
covered  or  uncovered,  with  the  hand,  before  addressing 
an  officer.  He  also  makes  the  same  salute  after  re- 
ceiving a  reply. 

If  armed  with  a  saber  and  out  of  ranks,  salutes 
should  be  made  with  saber  if  drawn,  otherwise,  with 
the  hand. 

If  on  foot  and  armed  with  the  rifle  or  carbine,  he 
makes  the  rifle  or  carbine  salute. 

When  talking  with  an  officer,  an  enlisted  man 
always  stands  at  attention.  He  salutes  any  officer 
who  passes,  who  is  senior  to  the  officer  with  whom  he 
is  talking,  but  does  not  salute  any  officer  junior  to 
him  unless  ordered  to  do  so. 

An  officer  addressing  a  senior  should  salute  and 
stand  at  attention.  If  a  senior  remains  in  your  vicin- 
ity, salute  him  but  once. 

Prisoners  are  not  allowed  to  salute,  they  merely 
come  to  attention  if  not  actually  at  work. 

Sentinels  on  post  salute  as  prescribed  in  the  Manual 
of  Guard  Duty. 

Enlisted  men  do  not  salute  non-commissioned  officers. 

In  uniform,  covered,  but  not  in  formation,  officers 
and  enhsted  men  salute  miUtary  persons  as  follows: 
With  arms  in  hand,  the  salute  prescribed  for  that 


26     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

arm  (sentinels  on  interior  guard  duty  excepted); 
without  arms,  the  right-hand  salute. 

In  civilian  dress,  covered,  officers  and  enlisted 
men  salute  military  persons  with  the  right-hand  salute. 

Officers  and  enlisted  men  will  render  the  prescribed 
salutes  in  a  miUtary  manner,  the  officer  junior  in  rank 
or  the  enlisted  man  saluting  first.  When  several  officers 
in  company  are  saluted,  all  entitled  to  the  salute  shall 
return  it. 

Except  in  the  field  under  campaign  or  simulated 
campaign  conditions,  a  mounted  officer  (or  soldier) 
dismounts  before  addressing  a  superior  officer  not 
mounted. 

A  man  in  formation  shall  not  salute  when  directly 
addressed,  but  shall  come  to  attention  if  at  rest  or 
at  ease. 

When  an  officer  entitled  to  the  salute  passes  in 
rear  of  a  body  of  troops,  it  is  brought  to  attention 
while  he  is  opposite  the  post  of  the  commander. 

In  pubHc  conveyances,  such  as  railway  trains,  street 
cars,  etc.,  and  in  public  places,  such  as  theaters, 
honors  and  personal  salutes  may  be  omitted  when 
inappropriate  or  apt  to  annoy  civilians  present. 

In  entering  an  office,  knock  on  the  door;  when  told 
to  come  in,  enter,  taking  off  the  hat  (if  unarmed), 
close  the  door  and  remain  just  inside  the  door  until 
asked  what  is  wanted;  then  go  within  a  short  dis- 
tance of  the  officer  and  if  he  is  a  senior,  stand  at 
attention,  salute  and  make  known  your  request  in 
as   few   words   as   possible.    On   completion,    salute, 


ARMY  ETIQUETTE  AND  CUSTOMS  27 

face  towards  the  door,  and  go  out,  being  careful  to 
close  the  door. 

At  all  times  and  in  all  situations,  the  same  com- 
pliments are  paid  to  officers  of  the  Army,  Navy, 
Marine  Corps,  and  Volunteers,  and  to  officers  of  the 
National  Guard  as  to  officers  of  your  own  regiment, 
corps  or  arm  of  service. 

It  is  customary  for  officers  and  soldiers  whether 
with  or  without  sidearms,  to  remove  the  cap  when 
greeting  ladies.  If  the  lady  be  accompanied  by  an 
officer,  the  soldier  would  render  the  military  salute. 

Courtesies  in  Conversation 

An  enlisted  man  in  speaking  to  an  officer,  always 
stands  at  attention,  uses  the  word  ''Sir"  and  addresses 
him  in  the  third  person. 

''Sir,  the  corporal  directed  me  to  report  to  the 
Captain." 

"Did  the  Lieutenant  wish  me  to,  etc." 

One  officer  addressing  another  officer  uses  the 
second  person. 

In  addressing  a  non-commissioned  officer  always 
prefix  his  title.     Thus,  "Sergeant  Jones,"  etc. 

"No,  sir,"  "Yes,  sir,"  "I  don't  know,  sir,"  etc., 
should  always  be  used  in  answer  to  direct  questions. 

When  an  enlisted  man  or  junior  is  told  to  do  a  thing 
by  an  officer,  he  should  acknowledge  by  saying  "Yes, 
sir,"  or  by  saluting,  depending  upon  circumstances. 

When  not  on  duty  a  lieutenant  is  addressed  as 
"Mister,"  but  when  on  duty,  the  title  Lieutenant  is 


28     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

usually  used.  Enlisted  men  always  address  Lieu- 
tenants as  ''Lieutenant."  The  military  title  is  gen- 
erally used  in  introducing  a  Lieutenant,  as  it  tends 
to  fix  the  official  identity  of  the  officer.  After  the 
introduction,  however,  he  is  addressed  as  ''Mister." 

Officers  with  the  grade  of  Captain,  or  above,  are 
addressed  at  all  times  by  their  titles,  as  "Captain," 
"Major,"  etc. 

In  conversation  and  in  non-official  correspondence, 
brigadier  generals,  major  generals,  and  lieutenant  gen- 
erals, are  referred  to  and  addressed  as  "General" 
and  are  known  as  general  officers.  Lieutenant  Colo- 
nels, under  the  same  conditions,  are  referred  to  and 
addressed  as  "Colonel." 

When  off  duty,  older  officers  sometimes  address 
juniors  as  "Jones,"  "Brown,"  etc.,  but  this  does  not 
give  the  junior  the  privilege  of  addressing  his  senior 
in  any  other  way  than  by  his  proper  title. 

Whenever  there  is  a  difference  in  title,  except  in 
the  case  of  officers  that  are  very  intimate  and  of 
about  the  same  age  and  length  of  service,  the  junior 
addresses  the  senior  by  his  title. 

Officers  of  the  same  grade,  except  where  there  is 
considerable  difference  in  age,  or  in  date  of  com- 
mission, generally  address  one  another  by  their  sur- 
name. 

Chaplains  are  addressed  as  Chaplain. 

Officially,  officers  of  the  Medical  Corps  are  ad- 
dressed by  their  miUtary  titles.  Socially,  surgeons 
with   the   rank   of   Major,    Lieutenant   Colonel,   and 


ARMY  ETIQUETTE  AND  CUSTOMS  29 

Colonel,  are  addressed  as  " Major '^  or  "Colonel." 
Captains  of  the  Medical  Corps  socially  are  sometimes 
addressed  as  ''Captain"  and  sometimes  as  ''Doctor," 
and  Lieutenants  as  "Doctor." 

Non-commissioned  officers  are  addressed  as  "Ser- 
geant" and  "Corporal." 

It  is  customary  to  address  chief  musicians  as 
"Mister." 

Enlisted  men  are  addressed  by  their  surname. 

There  is  no  uniform  custom  regarding  the  use  of 
titles  in  the  MiUtia,  but  officers  of  the  rank  of  Captain 
or  above  are  generally  addressed  by  their  titles  by 
other  mihtary  men. 

Officers  take  precedence  according  to  rank  as  laid 
down  in  the  Regulations,  and  this  precedence  extends 
to  the  social  life,  to  the  mess,  and  to  the  club.  When 
a  senior  enters  a  club,  it  is  just  as  much  an  act  of 
official  courtesy  as  it  is  a  social  one  to  offer  him  a 
chair,  etc. 

If  you  are  out  drilling  your  company,  never  pass 
across  the  front  of  a  company  commanded  by  a  senior 
so  as  to  cause  him  to  halt  or  to  mark  time  until  you 
are  out  of  the  way. 

When  in  command  of  your  company,  and  marching, 
it  is  customary  to  salute  any  field  officers  whom  you 
meet. 


CHAPTER  VII 
CALLS 

Officers  arriving  at  the  headquarters  of  a  territorial 
department,  miHtary  command,  or  military  post  will 
call  on  the  Commanding  Officer  as  soon  as  practicable. 
(''Army  Regs.'') 

Officers  visiting  a  post  should  not  only  call  on  the 
Commanding  Officer  but  should  register  at  the  Ad- 
jutant's office. 

If  the  visiting  officer  is  senior  to  the  commanding 
officer,  he  may  send  a  card,  in  which  case  it  becomes  the 
duty  of  the  commanding  officer  to  make  the  first 
call. 

If  the  visiting  officer  be  the  junior,  he  should  call 
without  delay. 

If  the  commanding  officer  is  not  at  his  office,  the 
prevailing  custom  is  to  call  on  him  at  his  quarters, 
thus  making  a  semi-social  call. 

It  is  customary  for  a  civilian  visiting  an  Army 
post  to  pay  his  respects,  accompanied  by  the  officer 
whose  guest  he  is,  to  the  commanding  officer  at  his 
office  before  the  latter  has  called  on  him. 

Calls  are  generally  made  in  the  evenings.  The 
dress  uniform  is  usually  worn  in  making  social  calls. 

An  officer  returning  from  leave  or  detached  service 

30 


CALLS  31 

calls  without  delay  on  the  commanding  officer  and  on 
his  Company  commander.  The  uniform  of  the  day, 
without  sidearms,  is  worn. 

If  for  any  reason  it  be  impracticable  to  get  into 
uniform  without  delay,  the  calls  are  made  in  civihan 
dress,  explaining  why  it  was  impracticable  to  report  in 
uniform. 

Uniform  in  time  of  war  is  worn  at  all  times. 

The  officer  also  officially  reports  his  return  to  the 
Adjutant  at  once. 

Officers  who  are  away  on  leave  or  detached  service 
should  upon  their  return  to  the  Post  call  promptly 
on  any  new  officers  who  may  have  joined  during  their 
absence. 

Officers  leaving  for  any  length  of  time,  call  on 
everyone,  in  small  Posts,  to  say  good-bye;  in  large 
posts  on  their  intimate  friends  only. 

Officers  on  going  aboard  ship,  use  the  starboard  or 
right  side  and  gangway.  They  should  salute  the 
colors,  if  they  are  up,  upon  reaching  the  top  of  the 
gangway.  The  Officer  of  the  Deck  will  be  there  to 
receive  them.  They  should  then  salute  the  Officer 
of  the  Deck  and  say  ''I  come  aboard  with  your  per- 
mission, sir."  Ask  the  officer  who  receives  you  for 
the  person  you  wish  to  see  and  your  card  will  be  sent 
or  you  will  be  shown  down  below. 

If  your  call  is  made  as  a  welcome  to  the  port,  either 
from  your  post,  or  personally,  it  would  be  polite  and 
proper  to  call  on  the  Captain  as  well  as  on  the  Officers' 
Mess. 


32     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

In  Washington  it  is  customary  to  call  on  the  Sec- 
retary of  War  and  other  high  officials  on  New  Year's 
Day.     Full  Dress  Uniform  is  worn. 

At  Army  Posts  it  is  generally  customary  to  call 
on  New  Year's  Day. 

A  junior  walks,  rides,  or  drives  on  the  left  of  a 
senior  and  always  keeps  step  with  him. 

One  knock  before  entering  a  rocnn  is  considered  the 
official  knock  and  is  a  signal  for  everyone  within  to 
come  to  attention. 

It  is  considered  unmilitary  for  an  officer  or  a  soldier 
in  uniform  to  use  an  umbrella. 

The  uniform  is  prescribed  by  the  commanding 
officer,  under  the  uniform  order,  to  be  worn  on  all 
occasions. 

In  the  case  of  receptions  at  which  officers  wear  side- 
arms,  upon  reaching  the  room  in  which  the  officers 
are  to  be  presented,  the  cap  should  be  removed  and 
held  in  the  left  hand,  top  uppermost  and  visor  pointing 
left  oblique,  the  forearm  being  held  horizontal  and 
against  the  left  side  of  the  body  until  the  reception 
line  has  been  passed. 

At  military  weddings  the  bridegroom,  best  man 
and  ushers  wear  sidearms  and  the  bride  cuts  the 
wedding  cake  with  her  husband's  sword. 

Social  etiquette  regarding  visiting  cards  is  the  same 
as  in  civil  life. 


CHAPTER  VIII 
COMPOSITION  OF  THE  NAVY 

The  Navy  of  the  United  States  comprises  the 
following  units : 

Regular  Navy,  National  Naval  Volunteers  (Naval 
Militia),  Naval  Reserve,  Marine  Corps,  Marine  Corps 
Reserve,  and  Coast  Guard. 

The  Naval  Militia  has  the  same  relation  to  the 
Navy  as  the  National  Guard  to  the  Army.  Naval 
militiamen  in  time  of  war  are  known  as  the  National 
Naval  Volunteers  and  become  active  members  of 
the  Navy  and  serve  as  bluejackets  and  officers  in  the 
main  or  reserve  fleets,  or  wherever  else  they  may 
be  assigned.  All  matters  relating  to  the  Naval  Militia 
come  under  the  cognizance  of  the  Bureau  of  Naviga- 
tion. 

The  State  of  Massachusetts  was  the  first  to  estab- 
lish a  Naval  Militia,  doing  so  on  March  29,  1890.  The 
next  was  the  First  Battalion  Naval  Militia,  New 
York.  It  was  founded  in  1891,  using  the  U.  S.  S. 
Granite  State,  a  ''dreadnaught"  of  100  years  ago, 
as  armory. 

The  Naval  Reserve  Force  was  authorized  by  the 
Act  of  August  29,  1916.  It  is  divided  into  six  classes. 
A  brief  description  of  each  is  given  below. 

33 


34     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Class  1.    The  Fleet  Naval  Reserve 

A  reserve  composed  entirely  of  ex-service  officers 
and  men  whose  last  service  with  the  Navy  terminated 
honorably. 

The  personnel  of  this  reserve  will  be  ordered  to 
active  duty  at  sea. 

Officers  and  men  are  enrolled  in  the  rank  or  rating 
last  held  in  the  Navy. 

Class  2.    The  Naval  Reserve 

A  reserve  composed  of  ex-merchant  marine  officers 
and  men. 

The  personnel  of  this  reserve  will  be  ordered  to  duty 
on  naval  and  auxiliary  vessels. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  enrollment  as  an  officer 
the  applicant  must  have  had  not  less  than  two  years' 
experience  as  a  watch  officer  (deck  or  engineer)  on 
a  lake  or  ocean-going  vessel. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  enrollment  in  an  enlisted 
rating  in  this  class  the  applicant  must  present  cre- 
dentials to  show  the  rating  in  which  he  has  served  in 
the  merchant  service. 

Class  3.     The  Naval  Auxiliary  Reserve 

This  class  of  the  reserve  is  composed  of  officers 
and  men  serving  on  board  vessels  of  the  United  States 
Merchant  marine  listed  by  the  Navy  Department  as 


COMPOSITION  OF  THE  NAVY  35 

desirable  auxiliaries  and  to  be  taken  over  as  such  in 
time  of  war. 

The  personnel  of  this  reserve  will  serve  on  vessels 
on  which  they  are  serving  when  called  into  active  ser- 
vice. As  a  rule  they  will  not  be  transferred  to  any 
other  vessel  except  in  case  of  emergency. 

Class  4.     The  Naval  Coast  Defense  Reserve 

This  class  of  reserve  force  is  composed  of  citizens 
of  the  United  States  who  might  be  of  special  useful 
service  in  the  Navy  or  in  connection  with  the  Navy 
in  the  defense  of  the  coast. 

Ordinarily  these  members  will  perform  duty  only 
in  the  district  in  which  enrolled.  However,  mem- 
bers may  be  transferred  from  one  district  to  another 
in  the  discretion  of  the  Bureau  of  Navigation. 

Enrollment  in  the  Naval  Coast  Defense  Reserve 
is  in  no  way  assurance  that  the  members  will  not 
perform  duty  outside  of  the  district  in  which  enrolled. 

Class  5.    The  Naval  Reserve  Flying  Corps 

Qualified  aviators  or  persons  skilled  in  the  design 
or  building  of  air  craft.  In  order  to  be  eligible  for 
enrollment  in  this  class  of  the  Naval  Reserve  Force 
the  applicant  must  be  capable  of  handling  air  craft 
alone  and  must  be  able  to  navigate  the  air. 

The  personnel  of  this  reserve  will  be  ordered  to  duty 
at  sea  or  on  shore  where  aviators  are  necessary. 


36     MILITARY  AND   NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Class  6.    The  Volunteer  Naval  Reserve 

The  members  of  this  class  of  the  Naval  Reserve 
Force  must  necessarily  be  eligible  for  one  of  the  other 
classes,  the  only  difference  in  their  status  being  that 
they  serve  without  retainer  pay  and  without  uniform 
gratuity  in  time  of  peace. 

All  members  of  the  Naval  Reserve  Force,  except 
the  Naval  Auxiliary  Reserve,  must  be  citizens  of  the 
United  States.  Members  of  the  Naval  Auxiliary 
Reserve  must  be  citizens  of  the  United  States  or  its 
insular  possessions.  All  persons  applying  for  enroll- 
ment in  the  Naval  Reserve  Force  must  furnish  satis- 
factory evidence  as  to  character  and  ability. 

Members  of  the  Naval  Reserve  Force  are  not  re- 
quired to  perform  any  active  service  in  time  of  peace. 
However,  they  are  obligated  to  serve  through  a  war 
or  national  emergency,  and  no  members  of  the  Naval 
Reserve  Force  will  be  eligible  for  confirmation  in  rank 
or  rating  until  the  completion  of  not  less  than  three 
months  active  service. 

All  members  of  the  Naval  Reserve  Force,  except 
the  Fleet  Naval  Reserve,  enroll  in  a  provisional  rank 
or  rating. 

The  maximum  active  service  in  time  of  peace  al- 
lowed any  member  of  the  Naval  Reserve  Force  is 
three  months  per  year.  This  active  service  may  be 
taken  at  the  election  of  the  member,  but  must  be 
in  periods  of  not  less  than  three  weeks  at  any  one 
time. 


COMPOSITION   OF  THE   NAVY  37 

For  members  of  the  Fleet  Naval  Reserve  the  mini- 
mum amount  of  active  service  allowed  at  any  one 
time  is  one  month. 

Members  of  the  Naval  AuxiHary  Reserve  perform 
no  active  service  except  in  time  of  war. 

Owners  and  operators  of  power  boats  suitable  for 
Government  purposes  may  be  enrolled  in  the  Naval 
Coast  Defense  Reserve,  and  the  Secretary  of  the 
Navy  is  authorized  to  enter  into  contract  with  owners 
to  take  over  their  boats  in  time  of  war  upon  payment 
of  a  reasonable  indemnity. 

United  States  Junior  Naval  Reserve 

This  is  an  organization  for  the  training  of  Ameri- 
can boys  for  the  American  Navy  and  Merchant 
Marine. 


CHAPTER  IX 
ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  NAVY  ASHORE 

The  Secretary  of  the  Navy  is  a  civilian  appointed 
by  the  President,  and  as  head  of  the  Navy  Depart- 
ment, has  the  care  and  control  of  the  Navy. 

The  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Navy  is  a  civilian, 
appointed  by  the  President,  who  performs  such  duties 
as  assigned  to  him  by  the  Secretary  and  by  law. 
All  orders  issued  by  the  Assistant  Secretary  in  con- 
ducting the  duties  assigned  to  him,  are  considered 
as  emanating  from  the  Secretary.  All  departmental 
estimates  for  submission  to  Congress  are  under  the 
supervision  of  the  Assistant  Secretary. 

An  act  of  Congress  approved  March  4,  1915,  es- 
tabhshed  the  office  of  Chief  of  Naval  Operations, 
corresponding  to  that  of  Chief  of  Staff  of  the  Army. 

The  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  is  appointed  by  the 
President  and  holds  the  rank,  while  so  serving,  of 
Admiral. 

The  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  President  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy, 
has  supervision  of  the  operations  of  the  Fleet,  and 
of  the  preparation  and  readiness  of  plans  for  its  use 
in  war;  of  the  Naval  War  College,  the  office  of  Naval 

38 


ORGANIZATION   OF   THE   NAVY  ASHORE        39 

Intelligence,  the  Office  of  Gunnery  Exercises  and 
Engineering  Performances,  the  operation  of  the  Com- 
munication Service,  the  operations  of  the  aeronautic 
service,  of  mines  and  mining,  of  the  Naval  Districts, 
Naval  Militia,  and  of  the  Coast  Guard  when  operated 
with  the  Navy;  the  direction  of  all  strategic  and 
tactical  matters,  organization,  manoeuvres,  gunnery 
exercises,  drills,  and  of  the  training  of  the  Fleet  for 
war;  the  preparation  and  enforcement  of  all  drill 
books,  signal  and  cipher  codes.  Regulations,  and 
General  Orders. 

The  affairs  of  the  Navy  are  administered  by  the 
following  Bureaus,  each  having  its  Chief  of  Bureau 
with  the  rank  of  Rear  Admiral : 

Bureau  of  Navigation, 

Bureau  of  Ordnance, 

Bureau  of  Steam  Engineering, 

Bureau  of  Construction  and  Repair, 

Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks, 

Bureau  of  SuppHes  and  Accounts, 

Bureau  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

In  addition  to  the  heads  of  the  Bureaus  men- 
tioned above,  the  Secretary's  Advisory  Council  in- 
cludes: 

The  Major  General  Commandant  of  the  Marine 
Corps, 

The  Judge  Advocate  General  of  the  Navy. 

Duties  of  the  Bureau  of  Navigation.  To  issue, 
record,  and  enforce  all  orders  of  the  Secretary  to 
Officers  of  the  Navy. 


40     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

To  have  charge  of  the  training  and  education  of 
line  officers  and  of  enlisted  men  and  of  the  upkeep 
and  operation  of  all  schools  therefor.  To  have  imder 
its  direction  the  affairs  of  the  Naval  MiHtia,  National 
Naval  Volunteers,  and  the  Naval  Reserve  Force,  and 
to  provide  for  their  mobilization. 

To  keep  the  records  of  service  of  all  Officers  and 
men  and  to  provide  their  transporattion. 

To  estabhsh  the  complements  of  all  ships  in  com- 
mission. 

To  have  charge  of  all  matters  pertaining  to  appoint- 
ments and  conamissions  in  the  Navy. 

To  have  charge  of  the  preparation,  revision,  and 
enforcement  of  all  regulations  governing  uniform  and 
the  distribution  of  all  orders  and  regulations  of  a 
general  and  circular  character. 

To  have  charge  of  the  upkeep  and  operation  of  the 
Hydrographic  Office,  the  Naval  Observatory,  Nautical 
Almanac  and  Compass  Offices. 

To  have  charge  of  all  that  relates  to  the  supply  of 
ships  with  navigational  outfits. 

The  Chief  of  Bureau  is  a  fine  officer  holding  the 
rank  of  Rear  Admiral. 

Duties  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance.  To  have  charge 
of  all  that  relates  to  the  upkeep,  repair  and  operation 
of  the  torpedo  stations,  naval-proving  grounds,  and 
magazines  on  shore,  and  of  the  design,  manufacture 
and  upkeep  of  the  ordnance  equipment  of  the  Navy. 
This  includes  gims,  armor,  anmiunition,  torpedoes  and 
mines. 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  NAVY  ASHORE        41 

The  Chief  of  Bureau  is  a  line  officer  holding  the 
rank  of  Rear  Admiral. 

Duties  of  the  Bureau  of  Steam  Engineering.  To 
have  charge  of  all  that  relates  to  the  design,  instal- 
lation, operation,  and  upkeep  (1)  of  the  motive  power 
of  the  ships  of  the  Navy,  (2)  of  the  interior  commu- 
nication system  of  the  ships  of  the  Navy,  and  (3)  of 
the  radio  outfits  of  the  ships  of  the  Navy  and  on 
shore. 

The  Chief  of  Bureau  is  a  line  officer  holding  the 
rank  of  Rear  Admiral. 

Duties  of  the  Bureau  of  Construction  and  Repair. 
To  have  charge  of  the  design,  construction  of  and 
repair  of  all  ships  of  the  Navy;  of  the  operation  of 
dry  docks,  and  of  the  docking  of  ships. 

The  Chief  of  Bureau  is  a  Naval  Constructor  holding 
the  rank  of  Rear  Admiral,  with  the  title  of  Chief 
Constructor. 

Duties  of  the  Biu^eau  of  Yards  and  Docks.  To  have 
charge  of  the  design,  construction  and  maintenance 
of  the  shore  stations  of  the  Navy. 

The  Chief  of  Bureau  is  a  member  of  the  Civil  En- 
gineers Corps  holding  the  rank  of  Rear  Admiral. 

Duties  of  the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts. 
To  have  charge  of  the  payment  of  all  officers  and 
men;  the  keeping  of  the  money  accounts  of  the 
naval  estabUshment,  the  purchasing,  storage,  care, 
custody,  and  issue  of  all  supplies  for  the  Naval 
estabUshment  and  the  food  and  clothing  for  the  enlisted 
men. 


42     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

The  Chief  of  Bureau  is  an  officer  of  the  Paymaster's 
Corps  holding  the  rank  of  Rear  Admiral  with  the 
title  of  Paymaster  General. 

Bureau  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  To  have  charge 
of  the  upkeep  and  operation  of  all  hospitals  and  hos- 
pital ships  and  to  be  responsible  for  the  health  of  the 
officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Navy. 

To  examine  physically  all  officers  and  men. 

The  Chief  of  Bureau  is  a  medical  officer  with  the 
rank  of  Rear  Admiral  and  title  of  Surgeon  General. 

Duties  of  the  Judge  Advocate  General's  Office. 
To  revise  and  report  upon  the  legal  features  of  and 
to  have  recorded  the  proceedings  of  all  courts-martial, 
courts  of  inquiry,  boards  of  investigation,  and  inquest, 
and  board  for  the  examination  of  officers  for  retire- 
ment and  promotion  in  the  Naval  service;  to  prepare 
orders  convening  the  above  mentioned  courts  and 
boards  where  such  courts  are  ordered  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Navy;  to  report  upon  questions  of  inter- 
national law. 

The  Judge  Advocate  General  is  a  line  officer  and 
holds  the  rank  of  Captain. 

The  General  Board.  The  General  Board  was 
estabhshed  by  law  to  devise  measures  and  plans 
for  the  effective  preparation  and  maintenance  of  the 
fleet  for  war  and  to  advise  the  Secretary  as  to  the 
distribution  and  disposition  of  the  fleet. 

It  is  composed  of  the  Admiral  of  the  Navy,  the 
Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  the  Major  General  Com- 
mandant of  the  Marine  Corps,  the  Director  of  Naval 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  NAVY  ASHORE        43 

Intelligence,  the  President  of  the  Naval  War  College, 
and  such  additional  officers  as  the  Secretary  may 
designate. 

The  rank  of  Admiral  of  the  Navy  ceased  to  exist 
with  the  death  of  Admiral  Dewey. 


CHAPTER  X 


NAVAL  DISTRICTS 


For  purposes  of  administration  and  for  military- 
reasons  the  country  is  divided  into  Naval  Districts, 
each  presided  over  by  the  commandant. 

There  are  fourteen  of  these  districts. 


Districts. 

No. 

Limits. 

Headquarters. 

1 

Eastport,  Me.,  to  include  Chatham, 
Mass. 

Boston. 

2 

Chatham,  to  include  New  London, 

Naval  station,   Narra- 

Conn. 

gansett  Bay. 

3 

New  London,  to  include  Barnegat, 
N.  J.,  and  Porto  Rico. 

New  York. 

4 

Barnegat,   to   include   Assateague, 
Va. 

Philadelphia,. 

5 

Assateague,  to  include  New  River 
Inlet,  N.  C. 

Norfolk. 

6 

New  River  Inlet,   to  include  St. 
Johns  River,  Fla. 

Charleston. 

7 

St.  Johns  River  to  include  Tampa, 
Fla. 

Key  West. 

8 

Tampa  to  include  Rio  Grande. 

New  Orleans. 

9 

10 
11 

Lake  Michigan. 

Lakes  Erie  and  Ontario. 

Lakes  Huron  and  Superior. 

Naval  training  station 
J      Great  Lakes. 

12 

Southern     boundary     to    latitude 

42°  N. 

San  Francisco. 

13 

Latitude  42°  N.  to  northern  bound- 
ary. 

Bremerton. 

14 

Hawaii  and  islands  of  Pacific  station. 

Pearl  Harbor. 

44 


NAVAL  DISTRICTS  45 

The  Naval  Gun  Factory  is  located  at  Washington, 
D.  C. 

Naval  Proving  Grounds  at  Indian  Head,  Md. 

Naval  Observatory  at  Washington,  D.  C. 

Naval  Academy  at  AnnapoHs,  Maryland. 

The  Naval  War  College  is  located  at  Newport,  R.  I., 
and  was  founded  by  the  late  Admiral  I.  B.  Luce, 
U.  S.  Navy.  Its  purpose  is  to  study  Naval  warfare, 
strategy  and  tactics,  and  to  formulate  methods  and 
plans  for  our  ships  and  fleets  to  conduct  warfare  under 
all  conditions  and  circumstances.  High  ranking  officers 
are  sent  to  the  college  for  a  course  of  instructions. 


CHAPTER  XI 
THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  NAVY  AFLOAT 

The  principal  Naval  forces  of  the  United  States 
afloat  are  divided  into  three  active  fleets,  as  follows : 

(a)  United  States  Atlantic  Fleet, 

(6)  United  States  Pacific  Fleet, 

(c)  United  States  Asiatic  Fleet. 

Each  of  the  above  Fleets  is  commanded  by  a  com- 
mander-in-chief; and,  in  addition,  a  commander-:n- 
ehief  may  be  ordered  to  command  a  special-service 
squadron  or  other  force  afloat  at  the  discretion  of 
the  Navy  Department. 

Special-service  squadrons  may  be  organized  at 
any  time  at  the  discretion  of  the  Navy  Department. 

The  word  ''Fleet"  denotes  the  aggregation  of 
forces  of  various  classes  of  vessels  in  one  organization 
under  one  command. 

A  ''Force"  is  the  major  subdivision  of  a  fleet.  It 
is  composed  of  all  the  vessels  of  the  fleet  that  are  of 
the  same  type  or  class  or  that  are  assigned  to  the 
same  duty. 

Forces  are  named  as  follows: 

Battleship  Force, 

Scout  Force  (including  battle  cruisers,  armored 
cruisers,  and  scouts), 

46 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  NAVY  AFLOAT        47 

Cruiser  Force  (including  gunboats), 

Destroyer  Force, 

Submarine  Force, 

Mine  Force. 

Train. 

A  Train  consists  of  all  necessary  auxiliaries  such  as 
coal  ships,  ammunition  ships,  provision  ships,  repair 
ships,  etc. 

A  fleet  may  consist  of  the  following  vessels : 

(a)  One  ship  as  flagship  of  commander-in-chief. 

(6)  Battleship  divisions  consisting  normally  of  two 
sections  of  two  battleships  each. 
Two  divisions  normally  com. pose  a  squadron. 

(c)  Battle   and   armored   cruiser   divisions   consist- 

ing normally  of  two  sections  of  two  vessels 
each. 
Two  divisions  normally  compose  a  squadron. 

(d)  Scout  divisions  consisting  normally  of  two  sec- 

tions of  three  vessels  each. 

(e)  Cruiser  divisions,  including  gunboats,  consisting 

normally    of    two    sections    of    three    vessels 

each. 
Three  divisions  normally  compose  a  squadron. 
(/)   Destroyer   and  submarine  divisions  consisting 

of  two  sections  of  three  vessels  each. 
Two  or  three  divisions  of  these  vessels  compose 

a  flotilla. 
(g)  Mine  force  and  train. 
Vessels  of  the  Navy  are  classed  as  follows: 
Battleships,  First  line. 


48     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Battleships,  Second  line, 
Battle  cruisers, 
Armored  cruisers, 
.   Cruisers,  First  class. 
Cruisers,  Second  class, 
Cruisers,  Third  class, 
Gunboats, 
Monitors, 

Torpedo-boat  destroyers, 
Torpedo-boats, 
Submarines, 
Auxiliaries. 


CHAPTER  XII 
TYPES    OF    SHIPS 

Battleships  are  vessels  supposed  to  be  able  to  fight 
any  vessel  anywhere.  The  older  type  of  battleship 
varies  from  11,000  to  16,000  tons  in  displacement  and 
carries  four  12-  or  13-inch  guns  mounted  in  turrets 
forward  and  aft,  from  twelve  to  sixteen  guns  of 
intermediate  caliber  and  from  twenty  to  thirty  small 
secondary  guns. 

Dreadnaughts  are  battleships  varying  from  20,000 
to  32,000  tons  in  displacement.  The  ''all-big-gun" 
feature  is  the  important  consideration  in  this  type 
of  battleship.  The  vessels  carry  from  eight  to  twelve 
12-inch,  14-inch,  or  16-inch  guns  mounted  in  turrets 
on  the  centerline,  and  sixteen  or  more  secondary  guns 
of  5-  or  6-inch  caliber  for  the  purpose  of  torpedo 
defense.  Battleships  are  heavily  armored,  have  mod- 
erate speed  (about  21  knots)  and  considerable  coal 
capacity  or  steaming  radius. 

Battle  cruisers  are  built  along  the  same  general 
lines  as  battleships,  but  armor  and  armament  are 
reduced  in  weight  to  allow  for  greater  speed. 

Armored  cruisers  are  vessels  not  so  powerful  as 
battleships.  They  have  greater  speed  but  lighter 
armor  and  armament. 

49 


50     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Cruisers  are  vessels  of  from  2000  to  10,000  tons, 
divided  into  three  classes  according  to  their  dis- 
placement. They  have  good  speed,  no  armor  except 
on  turrets  and  barbettes,  which  are  rarely  carried 
on  that  class,  a  complete  protective  deck,  varying 
coal  capacity,  and  numerous  intermediate  and  sec- 
ondary guns. 

Gunboats  are  light  unarmored  and  unprotected 
vessels  of  less  than  2000  tons.  They  are  so  variable 
in  size  and  type  that  they  are  difficult  to  describe. 
They  generally  have  a  fairly  good  speed,  good  coal 
capacity,  moderate  battery,  and  carry  sail  either  for 
steady  or  for  auxiliary  propulsion. 

Torpedo-boats  and  Destroyers  vary  in  tonnage; 
torpedo-boats  from  50  to  300  tons;  destroyers  from 
400  to  1200  tons.  They  are  entirely  unarmored  or 
unprotected.  They  have  very  high  speed  and  poor 
fuel  capacity.  They  carry  several  torpedo  tubes  and 
a  number  of  secondary,  guns  (usually  about  4-inch 
guns). 

Monitors  are  obsolete  vessels  of  moderate  displace- 
ment— 3000  to  6000  tons — with  very  low  freeboard, 
waterline  heavily  armored,  armored  deck,  poor  coal 
capacity,  and  low  speed.  The  battery  generally  con- 
sists of  one  or  two  pairs  of  large  caliber  guns  mounted 
in  turrets,  a  few  intermediate  battery  guns  and  a  few 
secondary  guns.     They  are  desgned  for  harbor  defense. 

Submarines  are  vessels  so  constructed  as  to  run 
on  top  of  the  water,  partly  under  the  water,  or  entirely 
submerged.     They  vary  in  tonnage  from  500  to  1200 


TYPES  OF  SHIPS  51 

tons.  They  have  a  surface  speed  from  ten  to  sixteen 
knots,  a  submerged  speed  from  six  to  twelve  knots. 
Submarines  are  not  armored  and  carry  disappearing 
guns  of  about  4  inches  in  caHber  and  one  or  more 
torpedo  tubes. 

They  are  caused  to  submerge  by  changing  their 
specific  gravity  by  means  of  water  ballast  and  by  change 
of  angularity  of  horizontal  rudders. 

Submarine  Chasers  are  light  unarmored  vessels 
capable  of  maintaining  a  very  high  speed  for  a  short 
time  and  carrying  a  gun  of  about  4  inches  in  caliber. 


CHAPTER  XIII 

DUTIES   OF   NAVAL   OFFICERS   AND    MEN 
ABOARD  SHIP 

The  number  of  men  aboard  ship,  known  as  the 
complement  of  the  ship,  varies  with  the  size  and  class 
of  ship  and  for  administrative  and  fighting  purposes 
are  divided  into  divisions  corresponding  to  companies 
of  the  Army. 

The  personnel  is  first  divided  into  two  general 
forces:  (1)  the  Engineer  Force,  and  (2)  the  Deck  Force. 

(1)  The  Engineer  Force  has  charge  of  the  motive 
power  of  the  ship,  including  the  main  engines  and 
all  of  its  auxiliary  machinery,  and  its  maintenance 
and  upkeep. 

(2)  The  Deck  Force  has  charge  of  the  upkeep  of 
the  ship  and  the  upkeep  and  firing  of  the  guns. 

The  Captain  of  the  ship  is  in  general  command 
of  the  ship  and  of  all  ofl&cers  and  men  on  board.  He 
is  responsible  for  the  safety  and  state  of  efficiency 
of  the  ship  and  for  the  lives  of  the  men. 

An  officer  with  the  rank  of  Captain  is  generally  in 
command  of  first-rate  ships.  Officers  of  lower  rank 
may  command  smaller  vessels. 

The  executive  officer,  or  aid  to  the  Captain,  is  the 

52 


DUTIES  OF  NAVAL  OFFICERS  AND  MEN       53 

next  ranking  line  officer  aboard  ship.  His  duties 
correspond  more  or  less  to  the  business  manager  of 
a  concern.  He  is  the  direct  representative  of  the 
Captain  and  as  such  all  officers  and  men  aboard  ship 
are  under  his  orders.  The  responsibility  of  the  per- 
sonnel and  of  the  ship's  routine,  efficiency  and  dis- 
cipline is  largely  in  his  hands. 

The  First  Lieutenant  is  responsible  for  the  clean- 
liness, good  order,  efficiency  and  neat  and  trim  appear- 
ance of  the  ship  and  is  the  construction  officer  of  the 
ship. 

The  Navigating  Officer  is  responsible  for  the  safe 
piloting  and  navigation  of  the  ship. 

The  Gunnery  Officer  is  responsible  for  and  has  super- 
vision over  the  entire  ordnance  equipment.  He  is 
the  head  of  the  ordnance  department  of  the  ship  and 
has  charge  of  the  training  of  the  gun's  crew. 

The  Engineer  Officer  is  responsible  for  the  preser- 
vation and  efficient  working  of  the  motive  power  of 
the  ship  and  of  its  auxiliary  machinery.  He  is  the 
head  of  the  engineering  department  of  the  ship  and 
has  command  of  the  engineer's  division. 

The  Division  Officers  are  responsible  for  the  con- 
trol and  fighting  efficiency  of  their  divisions,  for  the 
care  and  preservation  of  the  material  and  of  the 
part  of  the  ship  allotted  to  their  divisions,  and  for 
the  instruction  and  the  drilling  of  their  men. 

The  Officer  of  the  Deck  is  the  division  officer  on 
watch  in  charge  of  the  ship.  He  represents  the 
Captain,  while  on  watch,  and  has  authority,  in  the 


54     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

performance  of  his  duty,  over  every  person  on  board, 
except  the  Captain  and  the  executive  officer. 

Junior  Officers  are  officers  below  the  rank  of  heu- 
tenant,  junior  grade,  who  are  junior  division  and 
deck  officers.  They  correspond  to  the  first  and  second 
Ueutenants  of  an  infantry  company. 

Chief  Warrant  Officers,  Warrant  Officers,  and  Chief 
Petty  Officers  perform  various  duties  aboard  ship. 
They  are  experts  in  their  particular  department 
on  board  ship. 

Chief  Boatswains  and  Boatswains  are  thorough 
practical  seamen.  They  are  charged  with  the  care 
and  preservation  of  boats,  anchors,  cables,  rigging,  etc. 

Chief  Gunners  and  Gunners,  if  Ordnance  Gunners, 
are  charged  with  the  care  and  preservation  of  the 
ordnance  material  aboard  ship  under  the  supervision 
of  the  Ordnance  Officer;  if  electrical  gunners,  the  care 
and  preservation  of  electrical  material  under  the 
supervision  of  the  electrical  officer. 

Chief  Machinists  and  Machinists  are  assigned 
duties  in  connection  with  the  maintenance  and  repair 
of  the  machinery.  They  may  also  be  assigned  to 
duty  as  Assistant  Engineer  Officers. 

Chief  Carpenters  and  Carpenters  are  charged  with 
the  care,  preservation  and  repair  of  the  ship. 

Duties  of  Naval  Officers  According  to  Rank 

Officers  of  the  Navy  are  known  as  (1)  Officers  of 
the  Line;  (2)  Officers  of  the  Staff. 

The  Officers  of  the  Line  are  as  follows: 


DUTIES  OF  NAVAL  OFFICERS  AND  MEN       55 

(1)  The  Admiral  of  the  Navy. 

This  rank  does  not  exist  at  present. 

(2)  Adnural. 

Commands  a  fleet. 

Chief  of  Naval  Operations. 

Vice  Admiral.  Commands  a  squadron,  or  a  larger 
force  or  detachment  on  important,  independent  duty, 
or  may  be  second  in  command  of  a  fleet. 

Rear  Admiral.  Has  charge  of  a  squadron,  division, 
or  a  force  or  detachment  on  independent  duty,  or  a 
naval  station. 

Captain.  Commands  a  division,  squadron,  destroyer 
or  submarine  flotilla,  naval  station,  battleship,  ar- 
mored cruiser,  or  first-rate  ship.  He  may  also  be 
chief  of  a  flag  officer's  staff. 

Commander.  Commands  a  division,  squadron,  naval 
station,  battleship,  armored  cruiser,  or  a  first,  second, 
or  third-rate  ship.  Furthermore,  he  may  be  placed  in 
charge  of  a  destroyer  or  submarine  flotilla,  or  be  as- 
signed to  serve  as  chief  of  staff  for  some  flag  oflScer, 
as  fleet  engineer,  or  as  executive  ofl&cer  of  an  armored 
cruiser  or  battleship. 

Lieutenant  Commander.  Commands  a  destroyer 
or  submarine  flotilla  or  group,  or  commands  a  third- 
or  fourth-rate  ship,  or  a  destroyer.  On  battleships 
or  cruisers  in  charge  of  captains,  he  may  act  as  navi- 
gator, or  executive,  gunnery,  or  engineer  officer. 
Lieutenant  commanders  also  act  as  flag  secretaries 
on  a  commander-in-chief's  staff,  or  as  gunnery  officers 
of  fleets. 


56     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Lieutenant.  May  command  a  fourth-rate  ship. 
This  rank  also  permits  an  officer  to  take  charge  of 
a  torpedo  boat,  a  submarine,  or  a  division  of  them; 
to  command  a  destroyer,  unrated  ship,  tender,  or 
tug;  to  be  navigator,  or  executive,  gunnery,  engineer, 
or  watch  officer  on  a  vessel  commanded  by  a  superior, 
and  to  act  as  a  flag  officer's  aide,  or  be  a  flag  lieutenant. 

Lieutenant  (J.  G.).  May  command  a  torpedo 
boat,  submarine,  unrated  ship,  a  tug,  or  a  tender. 
He  may  also  be  assigned  to  a  ship  conunanded  by  a 
superior  and  given  such  posts  as  fall  to  a  lieutenant 
under  like  circumstances. 

Ensign.  A  commissioned  officer  of  the  lowest  rank 
may  command  the  same  list  of  vessels,  or  serve  aboard 
a  superior  officer's  vessel  in  about  the  same  capacities 
as  a  lieutenant,  or  as  a  junior  officer  under  a  lieu- 
tenant. 

Midshipmen  are  by  law  officers  in  a  qualified 
sense.  When  on  duty  afloat  they  outrank  all  officers 
who  are  not  commissioned  and  may  be  given  watches^ 
or  assigned  to  division  or  other  duties. 

Officers  of  the  Line  Exercise  Military  Command. 
Line  officers  on  the  retired  list  have  the  titles  of  the 
rank  with  which  retired. 

The  Officers  of  the  Staff  are  as  follows: 

Medical  Officers, 

Dental  Officers, 

Pay  Officers, 

Chaplains, 

Professors  of  Mathematics, 


DUTIES  OF  NAVAL  OFFICERS  AND  MEN       57 

Naval  Constructors, 

Civil  Engineers. 

Commissioned  Warrant  Officers.  These  are  officers 
who  have  risen  from  the  ranks,  having  specialized  in 
some  particular  branch.  They  are  appointed  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  from  among  those  who 
successfully  pass  certain  examinations.  Commissions 
raising  them  next  to  the  ensign  in  rank  and  prefixing 
"chief"  to  their  titles,  are  given  by  the  President 
after  they  have  spent  six  years  in  the  service  and  qual- 
ified themselves  for  promotion.  By  passing  examina- 
tions and  receiving  appointments  it  is  possible  for  them 
to  obtain  commissions  as  ensigns,  which  place  them 
on  a  footing  with  graduates  of  the  naval  academy  and 
in  line  for  promotion  to  higher  ranks. 

Commissioned  warrant  officers  include: 

Chief  Boatswains, 
Chief  Gunners, 
Chief  Machinists, 
Chief  Carpenters, 
Pay  Clerks, 
Sailmakers, 
Pharmacists. 

Warrant  Officers.     These  are  officers  who  have  risen 
from  the  ranks,  but  who  have  not  been  commissioned. 
They  include : 

Boatswains, 
Gunners, 


58     MILITARY  AiSD  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Machinists, 

Carpenters, 

Pay  Clerks, 

Sailmakers, 

Pharmacists, 

Marine  Gunners, 

Quartermaster  Clerks. 

Warrant  officers  rank  next  after  Midshipmen  and 
ahead  of  Mates. 

Mates  are  rated,  by  authority  of  the  Secretary  of 
the  Navy,  from  seamen  and  ordinary  seamen  who 
have  been  enhsted  in  the  Naval  service  for  not  less 
than  two  years. 

Commissioned  warrant  officers,  warrant  officers, 
mates,  and  petty  officers  have,  under  their  superiors, 
all  necessary  authority  for  the  due  performance  of 
their  duties. 

Petty  Officers  are  classed  as  follows: 

Chief  Petty  Officers, 

Petty  Officers,  1st  class, 

Petty  Officers,  2d  class, 

Petty  Officers,  3d  class. 

They  are  analogous  to  the  non-commissioned  officers 
of  the  Army. 

Petty  Officers  include  the  following: 

Masters-at-arms   (who  are  responsible  for  the  main- 
tenance of  order) 
Boatswains'  Mates  Yeomen 


DUTIES  OF  NAVAL  OFFICERS  AND   MEN       59 


Turret  Captains 
Gun  Captains 
Quartermasters 
Machinists'  Mates 
Electricians 
Carpenters'  Mates 
Water  Tenders 
Coppersmiths 
Blacksmiths 
Plumbers  and  Fitters 
Painters 
Ship-fitters 


Pharmacists'  Mates 

Bandmasters 

Musicians 

Commissary  Stewards 

Cooks 

Bakers 

Sergeants  Major 

Quartermaster  Sergeants 

First  Sergeants 

Gunnery  Sergeants 

Drum  Majors 


Titles  and  Relative  Rank  of  Staff  Officers, 
U.  S.  Navy 

Pay  Officers 


Title 
Pay  Director 

Pay  Inspector 

Paymaster 

Passed  Assistant  Paymaster 

Assistant  Paymaster 


Rank 
I  Rear  Admiral 
[  Captain 

Commander 

Lieutenant  Commander 
Lieutenant 

Lieutenant 

Lieutenant  (junior  grade) 

Lieutenant  (junior  grade) 
Ensign 


60     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 


Title 
Medical  Director 

Medical  Inspector 

Surgeon 

Passed  Assistant  Surgeon 

Assistant  Surgeon 


Chaplain 


Medical  Officers 

Rank 
f  Rear  Admiral 
[  Captain 

Commander 

Lieutenant  Commander 

Lieutenant 

Lieutenant  (junior  grade) 

Chaplain 

Captain 

Commander 

Lieutenant  Commander 

Lieutenant 

Lieutenant  (junior  grade) 

Professor  of  Mathematics 

Captain 
Commander 
Lieutenant  Commander 
Lieutenant 

This  Corps  is  to  be  abolished  upon  the  death,  resig- 
nation, or  dismissal  of  the  officers  now  commissioned 
in  that  Corps. 

Naval  Constructors 

Rear  Admiral 
Captain 
Commander 
Lieutenant  Commander 
.  Lieutenant 
Assistant  Naval  Constructor  Lieutenant  (junior  grade) 


Professor  of  Mathematics 


Naval  Constructor 


DUTIES  OF   NAVAL  OFFICERS  AND   MEN       61 


Title 


Civil  Engineer 


Assistant  Civil  Engineer 


Civil  Engineers 

Rank 
Rear  Admiral 
Captain 
Commander 
Lieutenant  Commander 
Lieutenant 

Lieutenant  (junior  grade) 
Ensign 


The  duties  of  the  staff  officers  vary  according  to  the 
branch  to  which  they  belong. 

Chief  boatswains,  chief  gunners,  chief  machinists, 
boatswains,  gunners,  and  machinists  are  classed  as 
Line  Officers  of  the  Navy. 

Chief  Carpenters,  chief  pay  clerks,  chief  sailmakers, 
chief  pharmacists,  carpenters,  pay  clerks,  sailmakers, 
and  pharmacists  are  classed  as  Staff  Officers. 


CHAPTER  XIV 
NAVAL  ETIQUETTE  AND  CUSTOMS 

Salutes 

From  time  immemorial  the  salute  has  been  a  form 
of  miUtary  courtesy  that  has  been  strictly  and  con- 
scientiously observed  by  men  of  every  nationaUty 
who  followed  the  profession  of  arms. 

The  saluting  distance,  manner  of  saluting,  etc., 
with  or  without  arms,  as  set  forth  under  the  heading 
of  '^  Salutes  in  the  Army,"  is  the  same  for  the  Navy 
(see  page  21). 

The  National  flag  is  flown  from  the  main  truck  or 
peak  of  a  ship  when  under  way  and  from  the  flagstaff 
aft  when  at  anchor. 

The  Union  Jack  is  flown  from  the  jackstaff  forward 
when  a  ship  is  at  anchor. 

The  salute  in  the  Navy  of  the  National  Anthem 
is  the  same  as  that  in  the  Army  (see  page  22). 

The  same  marks  of  respect  shall  be  shown  toward 
the  National  Anthem  of  any  other  country  when 
played  upon  official  occasions. 

In  falling  in  with  ships  of  foreign  nations,  or  in 
entering  foreign  ports,  the  National  Salute  of  Twenty- 
one  Guns  is  fired,  and,  in  turn,  answered  by  the 
foreign  ships  or  batteries. 

62 


NAVAL  ETIQUETTE  AND  CUSTOMS     63 

In  regard  to  personal  salutes,  a  junior  always  salutes 
a  senior.  An  enlisted  man  salutes  an  officer,  an3  the 
very  officer  saluted  is  called  to  account  if  he  fails 
to  salute  another  officer,  his  senior. 

If  uncertainty  exists  in  regard  to  the  necessity  for 
saluting,  the  only  rule  to  follow  is  to  render  the  salute. 

Men  who  are  actually  at  work  salute  only  when 
addressed  by  an  officer  or  called  to  attention. 

Men  who  are  in  Military  or  Division  Formation 
do  not  salute  when  they  are  directly  addressed  but 
if  at  ''rest"  they  come  to  attention. 

Men  who  are  seated  at  work,  at  games  or  at  rest 
are  not  required  to  rise  when  an  officer  other  than 
the  Captain  or  the  Admiral  passes  except  when  they 
are  called  to  attention  or  when  it  is  necessary  for 
them  to  rise  in  order  to  clear  a  gangway. 

When  an  officer  enters  a  boat,  juniors  are  required 
to  rise  and  salute,  unless  awnings  are  spread,  in  which 
case  salute  without  rising. 

All  officers  and  enhsted  men  salute  the  captain 
and  all  officers  senior  to  him  on  every  occasion  of 
meeting,  passing  near,  or  being  addressed  by  them. 

On  board  ship  enlisted  men  salute  all  officers  junior 
to  the  captain  on  their  first  daily  meeting  or  passing 
near,  and  whenever  addressed  by  them  or  addressing 
them.  At  other  times  they  clear  the  gangway  and 
stand  at  attention  facing  the  officer  until  he  has 
passed. 

All  men  salute  the  executive  officer,  or  other  officer, 
when  he  is  making  an  inspection. 


64     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Juniors  always  get  into  a  boat  ahead  of,  and  leave 
it  after,  their  senior,  unless  the  senior  officer  in  the 
boat  gives  orders  to  the  contrary.  As  a  general  rule, 
the  seniors  take  the  seats  furthest  aft;  juniors  will 
leave  such  seats  for  their  seniors. 

Ashore  all  salutes  in  passing  or  approaching  are 
begun  first  by  the  junior  at  six  paces  distance,  or  at 
six  paces  from  the  nearest  point  of  passing;  no  salutes, 
except  as  otherwise  prescribed,  are  made  at  a  greater 
distance  than  thirty  paces. 

Officers  in  civilian  dress  are  saluted  in  the  same 
manner  as  when  in  uniform. 

Officers  will  at  all  times  acknowledge  the  salutes 
of  enlisted  men. 

When  an  officer  enters  a  room  where  there  are 
enlisted  men,  '^attention"  is  called  by  someone  who 
perceives  him;  then  all  rise,  remain  standing  at 
attention,  uncovered,  and  preserve  silence  until  the 
officer  leaves  the  room;  if  at  meals,  they  will  not 
rise. 

An  enlisted  man,  being  seated  and  without  particu- 
lar occupation,  rises  on  the  approach  of  an  officer, 
faces  toward  him  and  salutes;  if  standing,  he  faces 
toward  the  officer  for  the  same  purpose.  If  the  parties 
remain  in  the  same  place  or  on  the  same  ground,  such 
compliments  need  not  be  repeated. 

Men  at  all  times,  and  in  all  situations,  pay  the 
same  compHments  to  officers  of  the  Army,  Navy, 
and  Marine  Corps,  to  officers  of  the  Volunteers  and 
Militia  in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  and  to 


NAVAL  ETIQUETTE  AND  CUSTOMS     65 

officers  of  foreign  service,  as  they  do  to  the  officers 
of  the  ship  or  command  to  which  they  belong. 

The  bugle  call  ''Attention"  is  a  signal  for  every 
man  on  board  ship  to  stand  at  attention  and  face 
the  person  for  whom  ''Attention"  is  sounded,  if  he 
can  be  seen;  otherwise,  stand  at  attention  facing 
outboard!  However,  men  inside  the  ship  on  covered 
decks,  if  not  in  sight  through  gun  ports  or  other 
openings,  are  not  required  to  obey  the  bugle  call, 
but  they  must  keep  silence  until  "Carry  On"  is 
sounded. 

The  following  ceremonies  are  observed  at  "Colors" 
on  board  ships  in  commission:  The  field  music,  guard 
of  the  day,  and  the  band,  if  there  be  one,  are  present. 
At  morning  "Colors"  the  band  plays  "The  Star 
Spangled  Banner,"  and,  at  the  first  note  of  the  na- 
tional air,  the  ensign  is  started  up  and  hoisted  smartly 
to  the  peak  or  truck.  All  officers  and  men  stand 
at  attention,  facing  the  ensign,  and  if  in  uniform  and 
covered,  salute  at  the  first  note  of  the  anthem  and 
retain  the  position  of  salute  until  the  last  note  of 
the  anthem.  The  guard  of  the  day  and  the  sentries 
under  arms  come  to  the  position  of  "Present"  while 
the  national  air  is  being  played.  If  there  is  no  band 
available,  the  field  music  sounds  the  "Colors"  call 
in  place  of  the  national  air  and  the  same  honors  are 
rendered  as  noted  above.  The  same  ceremonies  are 
observed  at  sunset  "Colors,"  the  ensign  being  started 
from  the  truck  or  peak  at  the  beginning  of  the  national 
air  or  "Colors." 


66     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

The  same  ceremonies  are  observed  at  naval  sta- 
tions. 

When  the  ensign  is  hoisted  at  sunrise,  the  usual 
honors  and  ceremonies  are  paid,  and  they  are  not 
repeated  at  8  a.m. 

The  same  honors  are  rendered  at  ''Colors"  to  for- 
eign ensigns,  when  circumstances  warrant,  except  that 
where  such  honors  are  rendered  simultaneously  to 
our  own  and  to  foreign  ensigns,  the  precedence  is 
given  to  our  own. 

''All  officers  and  men,  whenever  reaching  the  quar- 
terdeck, either  from  a  boat,  from  a  gangway,  from 
the  shore,  or  from  another  part  of  the  ship,  salute  the 
national  ensign.  In  making  this  salute,  which'  is 
entirely  distinct  from  the  salute  to  the  officer  of  the 
deck,  the  person  making  it  stops  at  the  top  of  the 
gangway  or  upon  arriving  at  the  quarterdeck,  faces 
the  colors,  and  renders  the  salute,  after  which  the 
officer  of  the  deck  is  saluted.  In  leaving  the  quar- 
terdeck, the  same  salutes  are  rendered  in  inverse  order. 
The  officer  of  the  deck  returns  both  salutes  in  either 
case,  and  requires  that  they  be  properly  made." 

The  starboard  gangway  is  used  by  all  commissioned 
officers  and  their  visitors;  the  port  gangway  by  all 
other  persons.  If  the  construction  of  the  ship,  or 
other  circumstances,  make  a  change  in  this  rule  expe- 
dient, the  change  may  be  made  at  the  discretion  of 
the  commanding  officer. 

In  heavy  weather  the  lee  gangway  shall  be  used  by 
aUc 


NAVAL  ETIQUETTE  AND  CUSTOMS     67 

In  going  on  board  a  ship  after  saluting  the  colors 
and  then  the  officer  of  the  deck,  report:  "I  request 
your  permission  to  come  aboard,  sir";  in  leaving  the 
ship,  ''I  request  your  permission  to  leave  the  ship, 
sir." 

Always  salute  when  addressing  or  being  addressed 
by  the  officer  of  the  deck. 

At  parade  and  other  ceremonies,  under  arms,  the 
salutes  are  the  same  as  those  rendered  in  the  Army 
(see  page  23). 

The  rendering  of  salutes  in  public  conveyances 
are  the  same  in  the  Navy  as  in  the  Army  (see  page  26). 

Always  remove  the  hat  when  entering  an  officers^ 
state-room  or  mess-room. 

It  is  customary  for  officers  and  soldiers,  whether 
with  or  without  sidearms,  to  remove  the  cap  when 
greeting  ladies.  If  the  lady  is  accompanied  by  an 
officer,  the  sailor  would  render  the  mihtary  salute. 

It  is  considered  unmiUtary  for  officers  in  uniform  to 
carry  an  umbrella  or  packages. 

When  an  order  from  a  senior  is  received  the  proper 
reply  is  '^Aye,  aye,  sir,"  meaning  the  order  is  under- 
stood and  will  be  obeyed. 

A  senior  repHes  or  acknowledges  a  message  from 
a  junior  with  '^Very  good,  sir." 

Officers  are  addressed  officially  by  the  titles  pre- 
scribed: Officers  of  the  line  from  Admiral  to  Ensign; 
officers  of  the  staff  by  the  title  in  the  corps  to  which 
they  belong.     (See  table,  page  59.) 

In  non-official  conversation  or  correspondence,  all 


68     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

officers  of  the  line  of  or  above  the  rank  of  Commander 
are  addressed  by  their  titles.  An  officer  of  the  rank 
of  Commander  is  addressed  either  as  Commander 
or  as  Captain.  Other  officers  are  addressed  as  Mr. 
The  military  title  is  generally  used  in  introducing 
officers  of  all  ranks. 

Officers  of  the  Medical  Corps  are  generally  addressed 
socially  as  Surgeon  or  Doctor. 

When  off  duty,  older  officers  sometimes  address 
juniors  by  their  surnames,  as  "Smith,"  but  this  does 
not  give  the  junior  the  privilege  of  addressing  his 
senior  in  any  other  way  than  by  his  proper  title  or 
as  Mr. 

Officers  of  the  same  grade  generally  address  one 
another  by  their  surnames. 

Chaplains  are  addressed  as  "Chaplain." 

Commanding  officers  of  ships  are  addressed  as 
"Captain." 

All  petty  officers  and  men  are  addressed  by  their 
surnames. 

Officers  take  procedure  according  to  rank  as  laid 
down  in  the  Regulations,  and  this  precedence  extends 
to  the  social  hfe,  to  the  mess,  and  to  the  club. 

The  executive  officer  sits  at  the  head  of  the  table 
at  mess,  and,  according  to  rank,  from  the  head  to  the 
foot,  the  junior  nearest  the  foot.  The  mess  treasurer 
generally  sits  at  the  foot  of  the  table. 

With  the  exception  of  breakfast,  it  is  customary 
to  wait  until  the  senior  officer  comes  to  the  table 
before  being  seated. 


NAVAL  ETIQUETTE  AND  CUSTOMS  69 

Official  calls  are  made  in  accordance  with  Navy- 
Regulations. 

An  officer  when  reporting  for  duty  presents  his 
orders  to  the  Commanding  officer.  He  should  be 
in  the  uniform  prescribed  in  the  Navy  Regulations. 

An  officer  should  call  '^socially"  upon  the  com- 
manding officer,  and  all  officers'  messes  aboard  ship 
within  a  few  days  after  he  reports  for  duty  aboard 
ship. 

It  is  customary  for  representatives  of  the  various 
messes  aboard  ship  to  call  upon  correspondent  messes 
of  all  foreign  ships  who  anchor  in  the  same  port. 

It  is  customary  for  a  committee  of  officers  to  make 
the  round  of  calls  on  New  Year's  Day  on  all  ships 
in  the  same  port. 

In  Washington  it  is  customary  to  call  on  the  Sec- 
retary of  the  Navy  and  other  high  officials  on  New 
Year's  Day,  full  dress  uniform  being  worn. 


CHAPTER  XV 
UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS 

The  Marine  Corps  was  first  called  into  existence 
by  the  act  of  the  Continental  Congress  of  November 
10,  1775,  and  served  throughout  the  Revolutionary 
War.  It  was  disbanded  at  the  close  of  the  war, 
but  was  reorganized  and  permanently  established 
July  11,  1798.  It  has  participated  in  every  expe- 
dition and  action  in  which  the  Navy  has  engaged, 
and  has  cooperated  in  campaigns  with  the  Army. 

The  Marines  are  '' Soldiers  and  Sailors  too^'  and  are 
generally  known  as  the  ''soldiers  of  the  sea." 

They  are  an  independent  branch  of  the  miUtary 
service  of  the  United  States,  serving  generally  under 
the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  the.  Navy.  They 
protect  Government  property  at  naval  stations  at 
home,  and  furnish  the  first  line  of  the  mobile  defense 
at  naval  bases  and  naval  stations  beyond  the  limits 
of  the  United  States.  They  guard  American  lives 
and  interests  abroad  and  are  used  as  expeditionary 
forces  and  for  advance  base  duty.  The  marines  go 
with  the  warships,  do  guard  duty  on  board,  man 
part  of  the  secondary  battery,  and  act  as  landing 
parties  ashore. 

The  Marine,  Corps  is  at  aU  times  subject  to  the 

70 


UNITED  STATES   MARINE  CORPS  71 

laws  and  regulations  established  for  the  Government 
of  the  Navy,  except  when  detached  for  service  with 
the  Army  by  order  of  the  President;  when  so  de- 
tached they  are  subject  to  the  rules  and  articles  of 
war  prescribed  for  the  Government  of  the  Army. 
They  are  liable  to  do  duty  in  the  forts  and  garrisons 
of  the  United  States  on  the  seacoast  or  any  other 
duty  on  shore,  as  the  President,  at  his  discretion, 
may  direct. 

The  commandant  of  the  Marine  Corps,  with  the 
rank  of  Major  General,  is  stationed  at  the  head- 
quarters of  the  Marine  Corps,  Washington,  D.  C, 
and  is  responsible  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  for 
the  general  efficiency  and  discipHne  of  the  Corps. 

Officers  of  the  Marine  Corps  are,  in  relation  to 
rank,  on  the  same  footing  as  officers  of  similar  grades 
in  the  Army. 

Quartermaster's  Clerks  and  Marine  Gunners  are 
Warrant  Officers,  corresponding  to  that  rank  in  the 
Navy. 

The  Marine  Corps  Reserve  was  authorized  by  Con- 
gress as  a  reserve  force  to  be  trained  in  time  of  peace, 
and  called  into  active  service  only  when  the  country 
is  at  war,  or  when  there  exists  a  national  emergency 
as  declared  by  the  President. 


CHAPTER  XVI  • 
COAST  GUARD 

The  United  States  Coast  Guard  was  created  by  the 
act  of  January  28,  1915,  which  provides  that  "There 
is  hereby  estabhshed  in  Heu  of  the  existing  Revenue 
Cutter  Service  and  the  Life-saving  Service,  to  be 
composed  of  those  two  existing  organizations,  the 
Coast  Guard,  which  shall  constitute  a  part  of  the 
military  forces  of  the  United  States  and  which  shall 
operate  under  the  Treasury  Department  in  time  of 
peace,  and  operate  as  a  part  of  the  Navy,  subject  to 
the  orders  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  in  time  of 
war  or  when  the  President  shall  so  direct."  The  orig- 
inal Revenue  Cutter  Service  was  organized  by  act  of 
Congress  approved  August  4,  1790,  The  Life-saving 
Service  was  originally  operated  under  the  Revenue 
Cutter  Service,  but  on  June  20,  1874,  Congress  created 
it  a  separate  service  to  operate  under  the  Treasury 
Department.  The  Officers  of  the  Coast  Guard  are 
on  the  same  footing  in  rank  and  pay  as  officers  of  the 
Army  and  Navy. 

Whenever,  in  time  of  war,  the  Coast  Guard  oper- 
ates as  a  part  of  the  Navy  in  accordance  with  law, 
the  personnel  of  that  service  shall  be  subject  to  the 
laws  prescribed  for  the  government  of  the  Navy. 

There  are  281  stations,  divided  into  13  districts. 

72 


CHAPTER  XVII 
LIGHT  HOUSE  SERVICE 

The  Light  House  Service  is  under  the  Bureau  of 
Commerce  and  is  charged  with  the  estabhshment 
and  maintenance  of  lighthouses,  Hght-vessels,  buoys, 
and  other  aids  to  navigation  on  coasts  and  rivers  of 
the  United  States,  as  authorized  by  Congress,  and 
with  the  direction  of  the  offices,  depots  and  tenders 
required  in  this  work. 

The  President  is  authorized  whenever  a  sufficient 
national  emergency  exists  to  transfer  to  the  service 
and  jurisdiction  of  the  Navy  Department,  or  of  the 
War  Department,  such  vessels,  equipment,  stations 
and  personnel  of  the  Light  House  Service  as  he  may 
deem  to  the  best  interest  of  the  country;  the  per- 
sonnel so  transferred  while  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  Navy  Department  or  War  Department,  is  sub- 
ject to  the  laws  and  regulations  of  the  Army  or  Navy 
as  the  case  may  be. 

When  the  national  emergency  ceases  to  exist  the 
vessels,  equipment,  stations  and  personnel  transferred 
to  the  Army  or  Navy  shall  be  returned  to  the  Light 
House  Service.  The  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  the 
Secretary  of  War  and  the  Secretary  of  Commerce 
jointly  prescribe  regulations  governing  the  duties  to 

73 


74     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

be  performed  by  the  Light  House  Service  in  time  of 
war,  and  for  the  cooperation  of  that  service  with  the 
Navy  and  War  Departments  in  time  of  peace  in  prep- 
aration for  its  duties  in  war. 


CHAPTER  XVIII 

COAST  AND  GEODETIC  SURVEY 

The  coast  and  geodetic  survey  is  under  the  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce.  It  has  no  mihtary  duties,  but 
is  charged  with  the  survey  of  the  coasts  of  the  United 
States  and  coasts  under  the  jurisdiction  thereof,  and 
the  pubHcation  of  charts  covering  said  coasts;  the 
survey  of  rivers  to  the  head  of  tide  water  or  ship 
navigation;  deep  sea  soundings;  temperature  and  cur- 
rent observations  along  said  coasts  and  throughout 
the  Gulf  and  Japan  streams;  magnetic  observations 
and  researches  and  the  publication  of  maps  showing 
the  variations  of  terrestrial  magnetism;  gravity  re- 
search; the  determination  of  heights;  of  geographic 
positions  by  astronomic  observations  for  latitude, 
longitude,  and  azimuth, 


75 


76     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 


H 

55 

HH 

m 

< 

S 

t 

< 

, 

> 

\^ 

P4 

S 

P 

tf 

QQ 

<j 

O 

tf 

H 

D 

H 

O 

Q 

O 

.^ 

H 

o 

O 

s 

Q 

H 

V5 

o 

<5 

(z< 

fH 

(x< 

^ 

o 

<: 

O 

w 

CJ 

z 

>^ 

Q 

<5 

o 

Q 
< 

QQ 

D 

OQ 

O 

S 
^ 

CO 

o 

< 

o 

O 

u 

fe 

o 

r/) 

PU 

CO 

Ph 

t>H 

O 

2 

o 

Coast  and  Geo- 
detic Survey 
when  Surveying 
with  the  Army 
and  Navy. 

»4 

1 

1 

o 

Engineer. 
Aids. 

O 

Captain  Commandant 

Senior  Captain 

Captain 

Fir.8t  Liei'tenant 

Se«ond  Lieutenant 

(Junior) 

Third  Lieutenant .... 

S 
•c 

:1 

•3  S 

o  .s  - 
.all 

1 

"3 
O 

a 
a 
c 

^■! 

(D     C! 

;3^ 

Captain 

First  Lieutenant 

Second  Lieutenant.  .  . 

1 

1 

< 

< 

li 
si 

c 
"5 

1 

s 

1 

0) 

03 

s 

J 

v    +. 
C     C 
ee    ei 

II 

1 

>-> 

a 

OS 

1  1 

1 

< 

a 
C 

a 
c 
a 
C 

1 

1    ^ 

SO 

S  PC 

1 

1  c 

"a 
o 

1 

a 

5 

c 

6 

1  1 

1 3 
1 1 

- 

CHAPTER  XIX 

STRENGTH  AND  ORGANIZATION  OF 
FOREIGN  ARMIES 

The  basis  of  the  infantry  organization  of  all  foreign 
armies  is  the  battalion.  The  typical  battalion  is 
composed  of  four  companies  and  has  a  war  strength 
of  some  25  officers  and  1100  men. 

The  basis  of  all  foreign  cavalry  organization  is  the 
squadron.  The  foreign  squadron  numbers  from  120 
to  150  sabers.  Regiments  contaiu  from  three  to 
six  squadrons. 

The  battery  is  usually  taken  as  the  unit  of  field 
artillery  organization.  Leaving  aside  Russia,  there 
are  two  great  systems  of  field  artillery  organization. 
These  may  be  called  after  their  exponents,  the  French 
and  the  German  systems. 

The  French  system  takes  four  guns  as  the  firing 
imit,  the  battery,  and  assigns  all  of  the  ammunition 
which  should  be  available  upon  entry  into  action  to 
the  battery;  batteries  count  four  or  five  officers  and 
170  men. 

Under  the  German  system  the  firing  unit,  battery, 
counts  six  guns  and  only  so  much  ammunition  as  is 
needed  for  the  immediate  service  of  the  piece  is  as- 
signed to  the  batteries;    the  remainder  of  the  am- 

77 


78     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

munition  being  assembled  in  an  ammunition  battery 
which  forms  an  integral  part  of  the  battalion. 

In  both  systems,  the  number  of  firing  batteries  in 
the  battalion  is  three  (3),  the  German  system  having 
an  additional  battery  for  ammunition  gives  that 
system  four  battery  organizations  to  the  battalion. 

Under  the  German  system  the  strength  of  firing 
batteries  is  about  5  officers  and  150  men  and  that  of 
ammunition  batteries  is  4  officers  and  188  men. 

Therefore,  leaving  aside  battalion  staffs,  the  strength 
of  which  are  not  dependent  upon  the  particular  sys- 
tem, under  the  French  system  the  battahon  counts 
about  15  officers,  510  men,  and  12  guns,  whereas 
under  the  German  system,  it  counts  19  officers,  638 
men,  and  18  guns. 

France 

The  French  Army  proper  is  known  as  the  Metro- 
politan Army,  which  is  divided  between  France  and 
Algiers. 

The  peace  strength  of  the  French  Army  comprises 
21  army  corps,  each  army  corps  having  two  divisions. 

There  are  47  divisions,  92  infantry  brigades,  and 
21  field  artillery  brigades  which  are  distributed  among 
the  21  corps. 

There  are  also  10  cavalry  divisions,  each  division 
containing  20  to  24  squadrons  and  2  horse  batteries. 

The  war  strength  is  unknown,  but  in  1914  about 
5,500,000  had  had  military  training  and  the  war  strength 
was  estimated  at  about  4,000,000. 


STRENGTH   OF  FOREIGN  ARMIES  79 


Germany 

The  German  Army  as  organized  in  peace  consisted 
of  25  army  corps  and  1  cavalry  division,  besides  cer- 
tain special  troops. 

Normally,  the  Army  corps  is  composed  of  2  infantry 
divisions  and  certain  train  troops  and  other  auxiliaries. 

The  typical  infantry  formation  is  as  follows:  Four 
companies  to  a  battalion,  3  battalions  to  a  regiment, 
2  regiments  to  the  brigade,  2  brigades  to  a  division, 
with  one  of  the  divisions  in  a  corps  having  an  extra 
battahon  of  sharpshooters  known  as  Jagers.  The 
strength  of  the  battalion  in  war  is  about  1,000  rifles. 

The  total  peace  strength  amounted  to  about  800,000 
officers  and  men.  To  these  should  be  added  from 
10,000  to  12,000  ''Einjarhrigfreiwilligus"  or  men 
who  serve  for  one  year,  defraying  their  own  expenses. 

The  sum  total  of  trained  men  which  Germany  had 
available  for  war  was  about  4,610,000. 

t 
Austria-Hungary 

The  dual  monarchy  of  Austria-Hungary  in  time  of 
peace  maintains  three  separate  armies  supported  by 
the  empire,  by  Austria  and  by  Hungary,  respectively. 

These  armies  are  known  as  the  common  army, 
the  Austrian  Landwehr,  and  the  Hungarian  Land- 
wehr,  respectively.  The  two  Landwehr  armies  differ, 
however,  from  the  Landwehr  of  other  countries  in 
that  they  are  maintained  with  the  colors  in  time  of 


80     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

peace.    The  common  army  is  known  as  the  first  line, 
and  the  two  Landwehr  armies  as  the  second  hne. 

The  peace  strength  of  the  combined  armies  was 
about  473,000,  whereas  the  war  strength,  1914,  was 
approximately  4,320,000. 

Russia 

Russia  maintained  in  time  of  peace  three  separate 
armies,  namely,  the  Army  of  Europe  and  the  Cau- 
casus, the  Army  of  Central  Asia,  the  Army  of  Siberia 
and  Eastern  Asia. 

The  total  peace  strength  amounted  to  about 
1,284,000. 

The  total  number  of  trained  men  subject  to  call 
amounted  to  about  6,000,000. 

Great  Britain 

The  mihtary  forces  of  Great  Britain  in  time  of 
peace  are  divided  into  the  regular  forces  and  the 
territorial  forces. 

The  regular  forces  are  again  divided  into  British 
forces,  Indian  forces,  and  colonial  forces,  and  in 
addition  certain  colonial  militia. 

The  peace  strength  amounted  to  about  700,000. 

Italy 

The  Itahan  forces  are  composed  of  the  regular 
army,  the  mobile  militia,  and  the  territorial  militia. 
The  two  latter  categories  are  not  constantly  under 


STRENGTH  OF  FOREIGN   ARMIES 


81 


arms  and  in  reality  form  a  kind  of  reserve  (Landweiir) 
into  which  men  pass  after  service  with  the  colors. 
Both  the  mobile  and  the  territorial  mihtia  are  com- 
posed of  all  arms  of  the  service. 

The  total  peace  strength  of  the  regular  army  is 
305,000. 


TABLE  SHOWING  HIGHER  ORGANIZATION  EXISTING 
IN  TIME  OF  PEACE 


(No  militia,  reserve, 

or  territorial  troops 

are  included) 

Country. 

Army 
Corps. 

Divi- 
sions. 

Cavalry 
Divisions 

Infantry 
Brigades. 

Cavalry 
Brigades. 

Field 
Artillery 
Brigades. 

France .... 

21 

47 

10 

92 

38 

21 

Germany.  . 

25 

50 

1 

112 

69 

50 

Austria. .  .  . 

16 

33 

8 

58 

19 

19 

Ru3sia.  .  . 

37 

76 

27 

160 

61 

61 

England. .  . 

0 

6 

1 

18 

4 

26 

Italy 

12 

25 

3 

51 

8 

20 

Japan 

0 

21 

0 

43 

4 

3 

CHAPTER  XX 
UNITED   STATES 

Army  Uniforms 

Soldiers'  dress  has  become  more  somber  through- 
out the  world.  Anything  which  would  catch  and 
reflect  the  light  or  distinguish  at  a  distance  officers 
from  men,  is  dispensed  with  under  war  conditions. 

The  question  of  visibility  has  transformed  the 
uniform  of  not  only  the  British  Army,  but  also  that 
of  the  Belgians  and  of  the  French,  and  the  enemy's 
troops  use  the  well-known  ''field  gray." 

The  field  uniform  of  the  United  States  Army  is 
khaki  or  "  oUve  drab."  Puttees,  leggins,  or  boots  are 
worn. 

The  undress  cap  of  the  Army  Officer  is  the  same 
for  all  ranks  (see  Plate  2).  General  Officers  in 
field  hats  are  distinguished  by  their  gold  hat  cords, 
while  other  officers  wear  the  gold  and  black  striped 
hat  cord.  Enlisted  men  wear  hat  cords  of  different 
colors,  depending  upon  the  corps  to  which  they  belong. 
Stripes  of  the  same  colors  on  trousers  denote  the 
various  corps  in  the  blue  uniform  except  in  the  in- 
fantry, the  stripes  of  which  are  white  (see  Plate  10.) 

Quartermaster's  Corps ;  Buff 

Corps  of  Engineers Scarlet  and  white 

82     • 


PLATE  I 

UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
Shoulder  Marks 


M^JOR 


CAPTMN  FIRST  LIEUTENANT        SECOND  LIEUTENANT 

83 


84     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Ordnance  Department Black  and  scarlet 

Signal  Corps Orange  and  white 

Infantry Light  blue 

Cavalry Yellow 

Artillery Scarlet 

Hospital  Corps  Medical  Corps.  Maroon  and  white 

Enlisted  men  wear  the  corps  device  on  the  cap. 
These  devices  are  shown  in  Plate  8. 

The  insignia  of  corps,  department,  or  arm  of  service, 
or  aid,  are  not  worn  on  the  sleeve  of  the  overcoat. 

The  insignia  of  rank  is  indicated  on  the  sleeve  of 
the  overcoat  as  follows  (see  Plate  2). 

GeneraL  Four  silver  stars,  or  2  silver  stars  and 
coat-of-arms,  in  horizontal  row,  1  broad  stripe  of 
black  braid,  1  narrow  stripe  of  black  braid. 

Lieutenant  General.  Three  silver  stars  in  horizontal 
row,  1  broad  stripe  of  black  braid,  1  narrow  stripe  of 
black  braid. 

Major  General.  Two  silver  stars  in  horizontal  row, 
1  broad  stripe  of  black  braid,  1  narrow  stripe  of  black 
braid. 

Colonel.  An  ornamentation  of  5  narrow  strands 
of  black  braid  forming  3  knots. 

Lieutenant  Colonel.  An  ornamentation  of  four  nar- 
row strands  of  black  braid  forming  three  knots. 

Major.  An  ornamentation  of  three  narrow  strands 
of  black  braid  forming  three  knots. 

Captain.  An  ornamentation  of  two  narrow  strands 
of  black  braid  forming  three  knots. 


UNITED  STATES  ARMY  UNIFORMS  85 

First  Lieutenant.  An  ornamentation  of  one  narrow 
strand  of  black  braid  forming  three  knots. 

Officers  of  the  General  Staff  Corps  wear  under  the 
black  braid  ornamentation  a  broad  stripe  consisting 
of  four  strands  of  black  braid. 

The  insignia  of  rank  of  officers,  in  service  uniforms, 
is  worn  on  shoulder  loops  made  of  the  same  material 
as  the  coat.     (See  Plate  1.) 


General  * 


The    coat-of-arms 
between        two 
silver  stars 
.4  silver  stars 

Lieutenant  General 3  silver  stars 

Major  General 2  silver  stars 

Brigadier  General 1  silver  star 

Colonel silver  eagle 

Lieutenant  Colonel silver  oak  leaf 

Major gold  oak  leaf 

Captain 2  silver  bars 

First  Lieutenant 1  silver  bar 

Second  Lieutenant No  insignia 

All  officers  wear  a  brown  stripe  around  the  cuff  of 
the  coat. 

Officers'  collar  ornaments  (Plates  3  and  4)  are  made 
of  bronze.     Two   ornaments  are   worn   on   each   side 

*  The  insignia  of  rank  of  a  general  is  left  to  the  discretion  of 
the  wearer,  and  may  be  either  four  stars  or  the  national  coat  of 
arms,  head  of  eagle  up,  midway  between  two  stars. 


PLATE  n 
UNITED  STATES  ARMY 


OLNLKAU    &TAFK 

BELOW 
BRIGADIER  OENER/kL 


LIEUTENMST   COLONEL 


CAPTAIN  FIRST   LIEUTENANT 

Insignio  of  Rank  on  Cuff  of  Overcoat 

SECOND  LIEUTENANT 
tYeai^  B/nwM  aroidina 


^RMV  NATIONAL  OUARO 


86 


UNITED  STATES  ARMY  UNIFORMS  87 

of  the  collar.  The  one  nearest  the  front  designates 
the  Army.  For  the  regular  army  a  U.  S.  is  worn 
(Plate  3);  for  the  National  Army,  a  U.  S.  with  a 
N.  A.  superimposed  on  it  (Plate  2);  for  the  National 
Guard,  drafted  into  the  Federal  Service,  a  U.  S. 
with  a  N.  G.  superimposed  on  it  (Plate  2);  for  the 
volunteer  army  the  letters  U.  S.  V.;  and  for  the 
Officers'  Reserve  Corps  and  the  Enlisted  Reserve 
Corps  the  letters  U.  S.  R.  The  other  ornament  sig- 
nifies the  arm  of  the  service,  department  or  corps, 
or  the  insignia  of  aids,  chiefs  of  staff  and  chaplains. 
Chaplains  wear  the  silver  latin  cross  on  all  uniforms. 

Officers  serving  by  appointment  or  under  commis- 
sion in  another  subdivision  of  the  Army  than  that 
in  which  they  hold  permanent  commissions  wear  the 
monogramic  letters  of  that  subdivision  of  the  Army 
in  which  they  hold  permanent  commissions,  and  the 
insignia  of  the  new  rank  and  the  insignia  of  the  corps, 
department,  or  arm  of  service  in  which  commissioned 
at  the  time. 

When  the  shirt  is  worn  without  the  coat,  the  in- 
signia of  rank  worn  on  the  collar  of  the  shirt  is  as 
follows: 

Regular  Service 

Major  General  of  the  Line.  On  both  sides,  in  the 
middle  of  the  collar,  the  letters  '^  U.  S."  and  two 
stars,  points  up. 

Brigadier  General  of  the  Line.  Same  as  for  major 
general,  but  with  only  one  star  on  each  side. 


PLATE  m 
UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
Officers'  Collar  Ornaments 


US  *  f  !J8e  tr 


All  Officers  of   General  Staff      Adjutant  Inspector 

Regular  Corps  General's  General's 

Army  Department       Department 


Judge 

Advocate 

General's 

Department 


^  T  t  ^  tt[ 


Quartermaster        Medical 
Corps  Corps 


Ordnance 
Department 


Signal 
Corps 


Corps  of 
Engineers 


III   ffil    f  f  f 


'^  Corps  of 
Engineers, 
.  Adjutant 


Corps  of 

Engineers, 

Quartermaster 


Aids  to 

Lieutenant 

General 


Aids  to  Aids  to 

Major  Brigadier 

General  General 


^^^    ^^No    >i^ 

Cavalry  Cavalry,  Adjutant  Cavalry, 

Quartermaster 

X       ^Jn      ^j^ 

Field  Artmery  Field  Artillery,  Adjutant  Field  Artillery, 

Quartermaster 


PLATE  IV 

UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
Officers*  Collar  Ornaments 


^     X    ^ 


Coast  Artillery, 
Quartermaster 


Coast  Artillery 


Coast  Artillery, 
Adjutant 


Infantry,  Porto  Rico  Infantry,  Philippine 

Regiment  Scouts 


Infantiy 


Infantry,  Adjutant                         Infantry,              Chaplam  Sanitary 

Quartermaster  Corps 

-p^  ^   1f  If^ 

Machine  Gun                  Corps  of             Dental  Surgeon  Dental  Corps 
Battalion                    Interpreters 


• 
9 


OP'^  w 


Senior  Military 
Aviator 


Junior  Military 
Aviator 


Aviator 
Observer 


90     MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

For  General  Officers  of  Staff  Corps  or  Departments. 

Substitute  for  the  letters  ^'U.  S/'  on  the  left  side  the 
proper  device. 

Colonel.  On  the  right  side  in  the  middle  of  the 
collar,  the  letters  ^'U.  S."  and  an  eagle,  beak  to  the 
front.  On  the  left  side,  the  insignia  of  corps,  depart- 
ment, or  arm  of  service. 

Lieutenant  Colonel.  On  the  right  side,  the  letters 
''U.  S."  and  a  silver  oak  leaf,  point  up.  On  the  left 
side,  the  insignia  of  corps,  department,  or  arm  of 
service. 

Major.  Same  as  heutenant  colonel  (substituting 
'^a  gold  oak  leaf"). 

Captain.     Same  as  lieutenant  colonel  (substituting 

"two  silver  bars")- 

First  Lieutenant.  Same  as  lieutenant  colonel  (sub- 
stituting "  one  silver  bar  ") . 

Second  Lieutenant.  On  the  right  side,  the  letters 
'^U.  S."  On  the  left  side,  the  insignia  of  corps,  de- 
partment, or  arm  of  service. 

General  Staff  Officers,  Chiefs  of  Staff,  Aids,  and 
Chaplains.  Substitute  on  the  left  side  of  the  collar 
the  proper  device  in  place  of  the  insignia  of  corps,  de- 
partment, or  arm  of  the  service. 

Drafted  National  Guard  Service 

Same  as  for  officers  of  the  regular  service,  except 
that  the  letters  ''N.  G."  superimposed  on  letters 
"U.  S."  are  substituted  for  the  letters  "U.  S." 


UNITED  STATES  ARMY  UNIFORMS  91 

Volunteers  of  Officers'  Reserve  Corps 

Same  as  for  officers  of  the  regular  service,  except 
that  the  letters  ^^U.  S.  V."  or  ^'U.  S.  R.''  a^re  substi- 
tuted for  the  letters  "U.  S/' 

National  Army  Service 

Same  as  for  officers  of  the  regular  service,  except 
that  the  letters  "N.  A."  superimposed  on  letters 
^'U.  S."  are  substituted  for  the  letters  ^'U.  S.'' 

Note.  For  insignia  of  officers  serving  by  appoint- 
ment or  under  commission  in  another  subdivision  of 
the  Army  than  that  in  which  they  hold  permanent 
commissions,  see  above. 

Enlisted  Men 

Enlisted  men  wear  the  button  insignia  on  the  ser- 
vice coat,  the  button  with  the  letters  ''  U.  S.,"  ''  U.  S.  V.,'' 
"U.  S.  R./'  "U.  S.''  with  ^'N.  G."  superimposed,  and 
^'U.  S."  with  *'N.  A."  superimposed,  being  worn 
on  the  right  side  of  the  collar,  and  the  button  with 
the  corps,  department,  or  regiment  and  company  on 
the  left  side.     (Plate  9.) 

The  letters  ''U.  S.,"  "U.  S.  V.,''  '^U.  S.  R.,  "U.  S.'' 
with  ^'N.  G."  superimposed  and  ^'U.  S."  with  "N.  A." 
superimposed,  and  the  insignia  of  corps,  department, 
or  arm  of  service  are  worn  on  the  dress  and  the  white 
coats  and  are  placed  as  in  the  case  of  officers. 

When  the  shirt  is  worn  without  the  coat  the  button 
insignia  is  worn  on  the  collar. 

The  rank  of  non-commissioned  officers  ("non-coms") 


PLATE  V 

UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
Enlisted  Men's  Chevrons  and  Specialty  Marks 


BAND  LEADER  OF  UV- 
ALRt  FIELD  MID  CO JkST 
ARTILLERY.  ENGINEERS 
Alio  INFANTRY 


SQUADRON  SARGEANT  MAJOR 
OF  CAVALRY.  BATTALION  SER- 
GEANT MAJOR  OF  ENGINEERS 
FIELD  ARTiUERYMNFAmRY 
AND  SERGEANT  MAJOR  JUNIOR 
GRADE  OF  COAST  ARTILLERY 


COLOR  SERGEANT 

OF  CAVALRY  FIELD 

ARTILLERY  AND 

INFANTRY 


SERGEANT  BUGLER  OF  CAV 

ALRY.  FIELD  AND  COAST 

ARTILLERY 


ASST  BAND  LEADER  OF        BATTALION  SUPPLY      FIRST  SERGEANT  OF  ENG-    DRUM  MAJOR  OF  ENGINEERS. 
ENGINEERS  CAVALRY  SERGEANT  OF  INEERS.FIELD  AND  COAST      CAVALRY.  FIELD  AND  COAST - 

FIELD  AND  COAST  ARTILLERY    ENGINEERS  AND  FIELD     ARTILLERY.  INFANTRY.  ARMY  ARTILLERY.  INFANTRY  AND 
ANDOFINFAMTRY  ARTILLERY  SERVICE  DETACHMENT  OF  WEST  POINT  BAND 

THE  U.S.MA.VV  EST  POINT 
NX  AND  WEST  POINT  BAND 


SARGEANT  OF  ENGINEERS. 
CAVALRY.  FIELD  AND  COAST 
ARTILLERY.  I  NFANTRY.ARMI 
SERVICE  DETACHMENT  OF 
THE  U.S.M.A.  WEST  POINT 
NY.  AND  WEST  POINT  BAND 


TROOP 
SUPPLY  SEROEANT 
OF  CAVALRY.  COMPANY 
QUARTERMASTER  SER- 
GEANT OF  ENGINEERS. 
FIELD  AND  CO  AST  ART- 
ILLERY AND  INFANTRY 


CORPORAL 
OFENGINEERS.FIELDAND 
COAST  ARTILLERY.  INFANTRY, 
ARMY  SERVICE  DETACHMENT 
OF  THE  U.SM.A..WEST  POINT, NY. 
AND  V/EST  POINT  BAND 


COOK  OF  ENGINEERS 
SIGNAL  CORPS.CAVALRY. 
COAST  AND  FIELD  ART- 
ILLERY.INFANTRY.AND 
ARMY  SERVICE  DETACH- 
MENT OF  THE  U.S.  M.A. 
•V<EST  POINT.  NY^. 


FARRIER  AND  BLACKSMITH 
OF  CAVALRY.  FIELD  ARTILLERY 
AMD  ARMY  SERVICE  DETACH - 
OF  THE  U.S.M.A..WEST  POINT. 
N.Y. 


ARTIFICER  OF  INFANTRY  &. 
ARMY  SERVICE  DETACH- 
MENT OF  THE  U.S.M.A.V<EST 
POINT.  NY. 


SADDLER  OF  CAV- 
ALRY FIELD  ART- 
ILLERY AND  ARMY 
SERVICE  DETACH- 
MENT OF  THE  U.S. 
MA.  WEST  POINT 
«.Y. 


CHIEF  MECHANIC 
FIELD  ARTILLERY 


MECHANIC  OF  FIELD. 
AND  COAST  ARTILLERY 


1ST  CLASS  PRIVATE 
ENGINEERS 


92 


PLATE  VI 

UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
Enlisted  Men*s  Chevrons  and  Specialty  Marks 


MASTER  ELECTRICIAN 
COAST     ARTILLERY 


ELECTRICIAN  SARGEANT    ELECTRICIAN 

FIRST   CLASS  SARGEANT 

COAST  ARTILLERY       SECOND  CLASS 

COAST  ARTILLERY 


MASTER  GUNNER 
COAST  ARTILLERY 


^ 


FIREMAN 
COAST  ARTILLERY 


CASEMATE 
ELECTRICIAN 
COAST  ARTILLERY 


OBSERVER 
FIRST  CLASS 
AND  PLOTTER 
COAST  ARTILLERY 


OBSERVER 
SECOND  CLASS 
COAST  ARTILLERY 


CHIEF  PLANTER 
AND  CHIEF 
LOADER 
COAST  ARTILLERY 


GUN 
COMMANDER 
COAST  ARTILLERY 


GUN  POINTER 
COAST  ARTILLERY 


'"'^r^IiSrh?^^       ^^^.^L^k^^^  FIRST  CLASS 

GUNNER                    GUNNER  GUNNER 

^^rn^'£?^'^^T?i^°r^^S°•  ^^^  ^^r?  ^^^'^^^  M>NE  COMPANY 

COAST  ARTILLERY               CO.  f nA<NT  ARTii  i  fpv 

COAST  ARTILLERY  ^O^ST  ARTILLER>r 


SECOND  CLASS 

GUNNER 
MINE  COMPANY 
COAST  ARTILLERY 


93 


PLATE  Vn 

UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
Enlisted  Men's  Specialty  Marks  and  Chevrons 


ORDNANCE 
SERGEANT 


SERGEANT 
OF ORDNANCE 


CORPORAL OF 
ORDNANCE 


LANCE  CORPORAL 
OF  ORDNANCE 


FIRST  CLASS  PRIVATE    pQST  QUARTER 


OF  ORDNANCE 


SERGEANT.  |St CLASS 


MASTER  SERGEANT     MEDICAL   CORPS 


SERGEANT  CORPORAL 

HOSPITAL  CORPS    HOSPITAL  CORPS' 


PRIVATE.  lS■rcL^SS 
HOSPITAL  CORPS 


MASTER  SIGNAL 
ELECTRICIAN 


FIRST  CLASS 
SIGNAL  SERGEANT 


SERGEANT 
SIGNAL  CORPS 


CORPORAL 
SIGNAL  CORPS 


PRIVATE 
SIGNAL  CORPS 


REGIMENTAL  SUPPLY 
&ERGEKHT  OFCMALRY.  FIELD 
ARTILLERY  WHFANTRI 

04 


REGIMENT^L  SERGE^HT 
M^JOROFCAVALR-f,  FIELD 
ARTILLERY  AND  INFANTRY. 
AND  SEROEAHT  MAJOR, 
iEMIORGRADE  OF  COAST 
ARTILLERY 


i 


^1 

.20 


^•a 


O   CD    w   aj   03   a;    C3 

O  M  ^  a    •Co 


Si':;3."S  03  C-2^  o 
-   ^  an^l^O  oU 


95 


96     MILITARY  AND   NAVAL  RECOGNITION   BOOK 

is  shown  by  the  chevron  worn  on  the  upper  part  of 
the  right  sleeve.  (Plates  5,  6,  and  7.)  These  chevrons 
are  olive-drab  on  the  field  uniform.  On  other  uni- 
forms they  are  of  various  colors,  depending  on  the 
uniform  and  the  arm  of  the  service  to  which  they 
belong.  Specialty  marks  worn  with  the  chevrons  in- 
dicate the  particular  duty  the  non-commissioned 
officer  performs.  Distinguishing  marks  are  worn  by 
privates  and  ^'  Non-coms  "  to  indicate  some  partic- 
ular accomplishment,  as,  for  instance,  a  cook,  or  a 
gun  pointer.  (Plates  5  and  6.)  Diagonal  ''service  " 
stripes  are  worn  on  lower  part  of  each  sleeve. 

Army  field  clerks,  and  field  clerks,  quartermaster 
corp3,  wear  a  hat  cord  of  black  and  white  strands,  a 
bronze  button  insignia  ^'U.  S.''  and  another  bronze 
button,  encircling  two  crossed  quill  pens,  on  both 
sides  of  collar. 

The  collar  ornament  of  the  Flying  Corps  consists 
of  the  cross  of  the  signal  corps. 

Aviator  observers  wear  on  their  left  breast  a  single- 
wing,  silver-embroidered  shield  with  U.  S.  in  center 
of  shield.  Junior  military  aviators  wear  on  left  breast 
a  silver-embroidered,  double-wing  shield,  with  U.  S. 
in  center  of  shield. 

Senior  military  aviators  wear  on  left  breast  a  silver- 
embroidered,  double-wing  shield  with  U.  S.  in  center 
and  star  above.     (See  Plate  4.) 

Dark  blue  is  the  color  for  designating  all  general 
officers  (excepting  Quartermaster  General,  and  Brig- 
adier Generals  of  the  Quartermaster  Department),  the 


PLATE  IX 

UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
Enlisted  Men's  Collar  Devices 


REGULAR  ARMY       NATIONAL  A.BMV  NATIONAL  GUARD  RESERVES 

ARMY   DEVICES-    WORN   ON    RIGHT  SIDE  OF   COLLAR 


CAVALRY 


ARTILLERY  INFANTRY 


ENGINEER 


^^^ 


SIGNAL  QUARTERMASTERS 

CORPS  CORPS 


ELECTRICIAN  WEST  POINT 


ORDNANCE 


MILITARY  WESTPOiNTLAW 

ACADEMY'  SCHOOL  DETACHMENT 


PORTO  RICO  PHILLIPINE  GUARD  RECRUITING 

REGIMENT  SCOUTS  OUAKU  SERVICE 


Pp^^H 


BANDSMAN  CORPS  OF  CORPS  OF  MACHINE  GUN 

INTERPRETERS         INTELLIGENCE  BATTALION 

POLICE 
CORPS    DEVICES-  WORN    ON    LEFT    SIDE  OF   COLLAR 


98      MILITARY  AND   NAVAL  RECOGNITION   BOOK 

Adjutants-General's  Department,  Inspector-GeneraPs 
Department  and  Judge  Advocate-GeneraFs  Depart- 
ment. The  colors  for  the  other  departments  are  readily 
distinguishable  on  Plate  10. 

During  the  time  of  war  the  full  dress  and  dress  uni- 
forms are  not  worn.  General  officers  (except  chief  of 
coast  artillery,  chief  of  engineers,  Quartermaster-Gen- 
eral, brigadier-generals  of  the  Quartermaster's  Corps); 
Officers  below  the  rank  of  Brigadier-General,  holding 
permanent  appointments  in  the  staff  corps  and  depart- 
ments, and  Chaplains  (except  Quartermaster,  Engi- 
neer, Medical  and  Signal  Corps),  wear  dark  blue  dress 
trousers  without  stripes. 

Chief  of  the  Coast  Artillery,  Chief  of  Engineers, 
Quartermaster-General,  brigadier-generals  of  the  Quar- 
termaster Corps,  Officers  of  the  Engineer  Corps,  Medi- 
cal Corps,  and  those  holding  permanent  appointments 
in  the  Quartermaster  Corps  and  Signal  Corps  wear 
dark  blue  trousers  with  broad  stripes  (Ij  in.)  of  the 
color  of  the  branch  of  the  service. 

Officers  of  the  Cavalry,  Artillery  and  Infantry  wear 
sky  blue  dress  trousers  with  stripes  of  the  color  of  the 
branch  of  the  service >  except  Infantry,  which  uses  white. 

Stripes  of  the  color  designating  the  branch  of  the 
service  are  worn  by  enlisted  men  on  their  dress  trousers, 
again  excepting  the  infantry,  which  uses  a  white  stripe, 
sergeants  using  a  broad  stripe,  (Ij  in.)  corporals  a 
narrow  stripe  (|  in.)  and  musicians  and  trumpeters 
two  white  stripes. 

'Elags  are  used  in  the  Army  for  various  designations, 


PLATE  X 

COLORS  OF  THE  BRANCHES 
<— OF  THE  SERVICE  — > 


GENERAL          ARMY  FLAGS  AND  SIGNALS        CAVALRY 
OFFICERS      Q Q c^ 


ENGINEERS    ''infantry  BRi6AodiCAVALRy  brigade 


iUARTERMASfERSlrAMMUNiriON 

QUARTERMASTER   "co«Ps*sumyTfiAiN  trainsoistr.b. 


8Ri6Aoe  MEDICAL  CORPS 
(ENLISTED  MEN) 


CORPS 


'hOSPITAL^HOSP.  TRAIN,       SIGNAL 


"  TAVAI  ny  II    AOTII  I  FOV 


R£LO  AMB.  DRESSING  STAfN        CORPS 


rUADI  AIMC  CAVALRr  "ARTILLERV       "SIGNAL  CORPS         MpnirAI 

CHAPLAINS     _  GUIDON  _  guidon         _  guidon  MtDICAL 


■■^■■■IB         GUIDON 


DEPARTMENT 


ORDNANCE 
DEPARTMENT 


FIELD  TELEGRAPH    "    FIELD 
GUIDON  AND  TELEPHONE       POST  OFFICE 


,......,.,.  ^.    ''COMPANy  C. 


COMPANY    FLAGS 


SERVICE  SCHOOL 
DETACHMENT 


'COMPANY  G.   IICOMPANY  I.  HCOMPANY   L. 
COMPANY  F,      COMPANY  H.  ''COMPANY  K.  HCOMPANYM. 


n 


DRESS 

TROUSERS 

STRIPES 

FOR  OFFICERS 


FOR  NONCOMMISSIONED  OFFICERS, 
TRUMPETERS,  ETC. 


100    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

and  Plate  10  shows  a  number  that  are  in  common  use. 
On  the  flag  designating  Infantry  Brigade  Headquarters, 
the  division  number  is  given  above  and  brigade  number 
below.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Cavalry  Brigade  Head- 
quarters flag.  The  flag  used  to  designate  a  field  hos- 
pital is  similar  in  design  although  somewhat  larger  than 
that  used  by  field  ambulances,  hospital  trains,  regi- 
mental hospitals  and  dressing  stations.  On  the  cavalry 
guidon  the  regimental  number  is  shown  above  and  the 
troop  letter  below.  The  regimental  number  is  also 
shown  above,  and  battery  letter  below,  on  the  artillery 
guidon;  and  the  signal  corps  guidon  carries  a  desig- 
nation of  the  corps  with  the  company  letter  above. 

When  Infantry  regiments  are  in  camp  the  company 
flag  is  usually  flown  at  the  head  of  each  street.  Com- 
panies in  the  flrst  battalion  have  a  flag  which  carries 
a  red  field,  while  for  the  second  battalion  the  field  is 
white,  and  a  blue  field  is  used  to  designate  companies 
in  the  third  battahon. 


CHAPTER  XXI 
UNITED   STATES 

Navy  Uniforms 

The  necessity  for  ''protective  coloration"  does  not 
apply  to  the  Navy.  Here  the  ship,  and  not  the  man, 
is  the  target.  The  personnel  of  the  world's  navies 
still  wear  blue,  or  white,  depending  upon  the  climatic 
conditions.  Aviators  wear  ''  khaki  "  or  "  olive-drab  " 
uniforms  with  brass  button  and  shoulder  marks, 
khaki-covered  caps,  and  puttees  or  leggins.  A  gold 
insignia  is  worn  on  left  breast,  consisting  of  a  winged 
foul  anchor  with  a  shield  on  the  shank  of  the  anchor. 
(Plate  17.) 

Gold  ''  lace,"  as  it  is  called,  is  the  principal  distinguish- 
ing mark  of  rank  for  commissioned  officers,  worn  upon 
the  sleeves  of  the  blue  uniforms  and  on  shoulder-straps 
of  the  white  uniform  or  overcoat. 

An  arrangement  of  stripes,  varying  in  width  and 
number,  with  either  a  ''star"  or  colored  cloth  to 
distinguish  the  various  branches,  signifies  the  rank 
of  an  officer. 

This  system  is  closely  followed  in  nearly  all  foreign 
navies,  a  "curl"  instead  of  the  star  being  used  in 
most  navies. 

The  star  above  the  stripes  signifies  a  line  officer. 
101 


PLATE  XI 

>'         UNITEi^  STATES  NAVY 

Shoulder  Marks   worn  on  Wh'ite   Uniforms  and  Overcoats 
LINE    OFFICERS 


ADMIRAL 


CAPTAIN 


COMMANDER 


LIEUT  COMMANDER 


LIEUTENANT 


LIEUTENANT  <J.G.) 

102 


ENSIGN 


PLATE  XII 
UNITED  STATES  NAVY 

Shoulder    Marks    worn   on   White   Uniforms    and    Overcoats 
PAYMASTERS    CORPS 


^^^™ 


UtUTENftNT        LIEUTENANT  (J.O.) 


1ED1CAL  CORPS 


LIEUTENANT 


°l,,^        LIEUTENANTUO.)      susoeon  rank  OF 
LIEUTENANT  <J.G.) 


AVAL    CONSTRUCTORS  CORPS 


UEUTENANT(J.G.) 


CIVIL  ENGINEERS  CORPS 


REAR  ADMIRAL       CAPTAIN 


RANK  OF  RANK  OF  RANK     OF  AS5X  CIVIL  ENGINEER      ASST,  CIVIL  ENGINEER 

COMMANDER     LIEUT  COMMANDER    LIEUTENANT  rank  of  rank  of 

LIEUTENANT(J.6.)  ENSIGN 


103 


PLATE  Xm 
UNITED  STATES  NAVY 


Shoulder  Marks  worn  on  White  Uniforms    ond   Overcoats. 
PROFESSOR      OF     MATHEMATICS 


LIEUTCOMMANDER  UEUTENANT 


CHAPLMISS 


RANK    OF 


CAPTAIN  COMMANDER       LIEUTCOMMANDER  LIEUTENANT      LIEUTENANT  U.G.) 

CHIEF    WARRAMT   OFFICERS 


BOATSWAIN         GUNNER         MACHINIST       CARPENTER      PAY    CLERK        5AILMAKER      PHARMACIST 
WARRANT    OFFICERS 


BOATSWAIN         GUNNER 


104 


UNITED  STATES  NAVY  UNIFORMS  105 

Colored  cloth  between  the  stripes  signifies  a  staff 
ofl&cer. 

The  shoulder-straps  are  utilized  for  displaying  the 
device  indicative  of  an  officer's  rank  and  the  branch 
of  the  service  to  which  he  belongs,  when  he  has  on  the 
white  or  summer  uniform,  or  the  winter  overcoat. 
(Plates  11,  12,  and  13.) 

An  officer's  rank  and  the  branch  of  the  service  to 
which  he  belongs,  is  indicated  on  all  other  uniforms 
by  the  device  worn  on  the  cuffs  of  the  blue  blouse 
and  the  collar  device.     (Plates  14,  15,  and  16.) 

The  collar  device  includes  the  rank  device  and  the 
corps  device,  the  corps  device  being  nearest  the  front. 
(Plate  17.)  The  corps  device  for  all  line  officers  is 
the  silver  foul  anchor;  for  medical  officers,  a  silver 
acorn  leaf  embroidered  upon  a  gold  spread  oak  leaf; 
for  pay  officers,  a  silver  oak  sprig  of  three  leaves 
and  three  acorns;  for  professors  of  mathematics,  a 
silver  oak  leaf  and  an  acorn;  for  naval  constructors 
a  gold  sprig  of  two  live-oak  leaves  and  an  acorn; 
for  civil  engineers,  two  crossed  silver  sprigs,  each  of 
two  live-oak  leaves  and  an  acorn;  medical  reserve 
officers,  a  gold  acorn  leaf  embroidered  upon  a  silver 
spread  oak  leaf;  and  for  dental  officers,  a  gold  spread 
oak  leaf  with  a  silver  acorn  on  either  side  of  stem. 

The  rank  device  is  as  follows:  Admiral  of  the 
Navy,  four  silver  stars,  two  surcharged  on  gold  foul 
anchors;  Admiral,  four  silver  stars,  but  only  one  anchor; 
Vice  Admiral,  three  silver  stars;  Rear  Admiral,  two 
silver  stars;    Captain,   a  silver  spread   eagle;    Com- 


106   MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

mander,  a  silver  oak  leaf;  Lieutenant  Commander, 
a  gold  oak  leaf;  Lieutenant,  two  silver  bars;  Lieu- 
tenant (junior  grade),  one  silver  bar;  Ensign,  has  only 
the  corps  device  on  the  collar;  Midshipmen  wear  a 
gold  foul  anchor  on  the  collar. 

For  all  commissioned  officers,  up  to  and  including 
Captain,  exclusive  of  Chief  Warrant  Officers,  the 
device  on  the  shoulder-straps  is  a  replica  of  the  device 
worn  on  the  cuffs  of  the  blue  blouse. 

The  caps  worn  by  the  various  corps  and  ranks  are 
shown  in  Plate  20. 

The  insignia  of  rank  of  the  Chief  Petty  Officer 
(Plate  19)  is  worn  on  the  left  sleeve  above  the  elbow, 
while  diagonal  "  service  "  stripes  (each  stripe  repre- 
senting four  years'  service)  are  worn  on  the  lower 
part  of  the  same  sleeve.  A  gold  foul  anchor,  with  a 
silver  U.  S.  N.  on  shank,  is  worn  on  a  blue  or  white 
cap  similar  in  shape  to  the  officers'  cap. 

As  in  the  Army,  the  class  of  petty  officers  is  indi- 
cated by  the  number  of  chevrons,  and  his  particular 
branch  by  the  specialty  marks.     (Plates  18  and  19.) 

All  enlisted  men  below  the  rank  of  chief  petty  officer 
wear  a  ribbon  on  the  cap  with  the  name  of  the  ship 
to  which  he  is  attached. 

Distinguishing  marks  are  worn  by  seamen  and 
petty  officers  to  indicate  some  particular  accomplish- 
ment or  knowledge.  For  instance,  a  seaman  gunner's 
mark  indicates  that  a  man  has  graduated  at  the 
Seaman  Gunner  School;  a  Navy  ''E"  indicates  that 
a  man  is  a  member  of  a  turret,  gun,  or  torpedo  crew 


PLATE  XIV 

UNITED  STATES  NAVY 

Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuffs 
LIME   OFFICERS 


VICE  ADMIRAL 


REAR  ADMIRAL 


COMMANDER 


LIEUT.  COMMANDER  LIEUTENANT  LIEUTENANT UG>  ENSIGN 

LINE     OFFICERS  STAFF  OFFICERS       LINE  OFFICERS 


MIDSHIPMAN  i^'cukss  CHIEF  BOATSWAIN 
"  Jll*^'-*'*'  "TR'PtS  CHIEF  GUNNER 
'      4™     "      N  CHIEF  MACHINIST 


CHIEF  CARPENTER 
CHIEF  SAILMAKER 
CHIEF  PHARMACIST 


BOATSWAIN 

GUNNER 

MACHINIST 

MATE 


107 


PLATE  XV 

UNITED  STATES  NAVY 


Insignia  of  Ronk  on  Cuffs 
■PAYMASTERS    CORPS- 


PkSTASST.SURGEOn 
RAHK  OF 

LIEUTENANT 


ASST.  SURGtCm  HAVAUCOHSTRUCTOR.RAHKOF 

"*'*'<   °f  REAR  ADMIRAL 

LIE0TENANTU6.)      "'"'^^  AUMIKAU 


MwScOlIsTSuCTOBlSHKCr      HAVAtCoSsTROOO^KOf       H»«M.CO«5TRUCTW.RAHK0f      MMW.CW5TR«CT0R.RM«»     ASST.HAyALCWtSTVCTOR.WHKOr 

CAPTAIN  COMMANDER  ULUT.  COMMANDER  LIEUTENANT  UEUTENANTUG.) 


108 


PLATE  XVI 

UNITED  STATES  NAVY 

Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cui+s 
CIVIL    ENGINEER   CORPS 


RANK  OF  A.SST.ENGR.  RAMKOF  ASST.ENG,  RANK  OF 

LIEUTENANT  LIEUTENANTO.G.)  ENSIGN 


PROFESSORS  OF  MATHEMATICS 


RAMK    OF 

COMMANDER 


RANK   OF  RANK    OF 

LIEUT.  COMMANDER        LIEUTENANT 


CHAPLAINS 


COMMANDER      LIEUT  COMMANDER       LIEUTENANT         LIEUTENANT (J.G.> 

109 


PLATE  XVII 

UNITED  STATES  NAVY 
Rank  and  Corps  Devices 


'Mi>yf  it<m 


Admiral  of  the  Navy 


C'h^yjir  yc  i^ 


Vice  Admiral 


Lieutenant  Commander 


Lieutenant  (Junior  Grade)  Ensign 


Captain 


Midshipman 


U.S. Navy  Button 


Medical  Corps  Medical  Reserve  Pay  Corps 


Civil  Engineers 


Dental  Corps 


Professors  of         Naval  Constructors 
Mathematics 


Chaplains 


Naval  Otticer-Aviator 

Instgnia  worn  on  Left  Breast 


Chief  Pay  Clerk 
&  Pay  Clerk 


Chief  Carpenter 


Chief  Boatswain 

Boatswain,  Gun 
Chiefs  but  the 


Chief  Gunner  Chief  Machinist 

M(ich:nt3t  wear  corresponding  insifjiuu  <:z 
re  in  gold  the  surcharged  stars  in  siiver 


Chief  Pharmacist 


Carpenter,  Saitmak^r,  and  Pharmaciat  u/ear  Inugma 
corresponding  to  Chief 9  but  in  Gold  inttead  ofSiluer. 


110 


PLATE  XVIII 

UNITED  STATES  NAVY 
Specialty  Marks 


Jl 


MasteratArms  Boatswains'  Mate 

Coxswain 


Signalman 


Shipwright,   Painter.  .     u   x 

Carpenters  Mate.  Plumber   Gunncr  S  Mate 
&  Fitter.  Pattern  Maker 


Storekeeper 


Commissary,      Seaman  Gunner    Radio  Operator 
Steward 


Torpedoman 


Machinists  Mate.  Oiler.  Boiler  HOSPltal  CorpS 

maker.  Water  Tender,  Coppersmith. 
Special  Mechanic.  Engineman 


Over  Gun  Pointer 

Ex-apprentice  Mark,  equals         Navy  E 


Gun  Pointer  First  Class 


Carpenter,  Aviation  Corps  Drummer  ..    ^.        ... 

y_  S.  Marine  norps       Machinist,  Aviation  Corps 


111 


PLATE  XIX 
UNITED  STATES  NAVY 


Cap  Device 
Chief  Petty  Officer 


Chief  Master-at-Arms 


Boatswain's  Mate  First  Class 


The  number  of  Chevrons 
Indicates  the  class  of  Petty 
Officer.  The  distinguishing 
mark  above  the  Chevrons  in- 
dicates the  particular  branch 
to  which  the  Petty  Officer  be- 
longs. 


Gunner's  Mate  Second  Class 


Quartermaster  Third  Class 


112 


PLATE  XX 


^o 


UNITED  STATES  NAVY 
Hats  and  Caps  Worn  by  Officers 


coo 


o^ 


o^^F 


^<tiJ><o 

mm 

<<xuj2 


CQSOO 


114    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

that  has  made  exceptionally  high  scores  on  record 
target  practice. 

United  States — Naval  MiLrriA 

The  uniforms  for  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the 
Naval  Militia  is  the  same  as  for  the  corresponding 
grades,  ranks  and  rates  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  of 
the  regular  Navy,  with  the  following  exceptions: 

The  insignia  of  rank  of  line  officers,  has  around  the 
gold  star  a  circle  embroidered  in  gold.     (Plate  21.) 

The  insignia  of  rank  of  staff  officers  has  the  colored 
cloth  which  designates  the  corps  broken  for  a  distance 
of  1|  inches  either  between  the  gold  stripes,  where 
there  are  two  or  more,  or  on  each  side  where  there 
is  but  one  gold  stripe. 

The  insignia  of  rank  of  Chief  Warrant  and  Warrant 
Officers  has  around  the  gold  star  or  corps  device  a 
circle  embroidered  in  gold. 

Enlisted  men  wear  below  the  opening  in  the  center 
of  the  front  of  the  blouse  a  white-embroidered  foul 
anchor  inside  of  a  white-embroidered  diamond  shape. 

Cap  ribbons  of  the  enlisted  men  bear  the  name  of 
the  ship  assigned  the  Naval  Militia  with  the  Naval 
Militia  distinguishing  mark  (foul  anchor  in  diamond 
shape)  on  either  side. 

United  States — Naval  Reserve 

The  uniform  for  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the 
Naval  Reserve  is  the  same  as  for  the  correspond- 
ing grades,  ranks  and  rates  of  officers  and  enlisted 


PLATE  XXI 

UNITED  STATES  NAVAL  MILITIA 


Shoulder  Straps 


CAPTAIN  COMMANDER  LIEUT.  LIEUTENANT       LIEUTENANT 

COMMANDER  (J.O.) 


ENSIGN 


ASST.  SUROEON          ASST.  PAYMASTER  CHIEF 

R*NK  OF                         RANK  OF  TARPFNTFR 

LIEUTENANT(J.G.)  LIEUTENANTaO.)  ^'^'^^'^^  "^.^ 

Insignia    of   Rank  on  Cuffs 


MACHINIST 


COMMANDER 


LIEUT. 
COMMANDER 


LIEUTENANT 


UEUTENANT(J.Ck) 


ASST  SUROEON    RANK  OF 

LIEUTEWANT<J.G.> 


CHIEF  GUNNER 


U5 


r:> 


-x  <^  .> 


116    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

men  of  the  regular  Navy,  with  the  following  excep- 
tions : 

With  the  white  uniforms,  officers  wear  the  Naval 
Reserve  brass  buttons  (Plate  19).  With  the  blue 
uniforms,  the  Naval  Reserve  device,  made  of  metal 
(Plate  19),  is  worn  on  the  collar  in  lieu  of  the  corps 
device. 

The  cap  ribbon  of  the  enlisted  men  bears  the  words 
"U.  S.  Naval  Reserve  Force." 

Officers  of  the  Naval  Auxihary  Reserve,  in  time 
of  war,  wear  the  uniform  of  the  steamship  company 
or  fine  on  which  serving,  with  the  Naval  Reserve 
device  on  the  collar  of  a  military  coat  or  on  the  lapels 
of  a  box  coat. 

Enlisted  men  of  the  Naval  Auxiliary  Reserve  wear 
the  same  uniform  as  that  of  the  Navy  with  the  cap 
ribbon  as  described  above. 

United  States — Marine  Corps 

The  insignia  of  rank  of  the  officers  of  the  Marine 
Corps  corresponds  with  the  relative  rank  of  the  offi- 
cers of  the  army  (Plate  22)  with  the  exception  of 
that  of  Colonel,  and  is  worn  in  the  same  manner  on 
the  shoulder  loops. 

The  corps  device  (Plate  23)  is  worn  on  the  front 
on  the  cap  and  on  either  side  of  the  collar  of  the 
coat. 

The  field  hats  are  similar  to  those  of  the  Army. 
The  hat  cord  worn  by  officers  is  of  gold  and  scarlet 
with  ends  finished  with  gold  and  scarlet  acorns.     En- 


PLATE  XXII 

UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS 
Insignia  of  Rank  on  Shoulder  Loops 


LIEUT.  GENERAL 


COLONEL 


MAJOR  GENER^L 


BRIGADIER  GENERAL 


LIEUT.  COLONEL 


MAJOR 


MARINE 
CORPS 
BUTTON 


CA^PTAIN 


FIRST 
LIEUTENANT 


SECOND 
LIEUTENANT 


118    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

listed  men  wear  no  hat  cord,  but  only  a  band  of 
ribbed  silk  ribbon  of  the  same  color  as  the  hat.  The 
corps  device  of  dull  finished  bronze  is  worn  by  officers 
and  men  on  the  front  of  the  hat.  Enlisted  men  also 
wear  under  .the  corps  device  the  company  numerals. 

The  departmental  devices  (Plate  23)  if  worn,  is 
placed  on  the  collar  of  the  coat  to  the  rear  of  the 
corps  device. 

The  insignia  of  rank  and  departmental  and  aid- 
de-camp  devices  in  dull  bronze  finish,  are  worn  on 
the  shoulder  straps  of  the  overcoat,  the  departmental 
or  aid-de-camp  devices,  if  worn,  being  nearest  the 
collar. 

The  insignia  of  rank  of  Quartermaster  Clerks  is 
the  same  as  the  Quartermaster  departmental  device 
with  the  exception  of  having  a  silver  wheel  in  lieu 
of  a  gold  wheel. 

The  device  of  the  marine  gunner  consists  of  a  burst- 
ing spherical  shell  made  of  silver. 

The  rank  of  the  non-commissioned  officers  is  shown 
by  the  chevron  worn  on  both  arms  (corresponding  to 
the  Army)  (Plate  23). 

Service  stripes  corresponding  to  those  in  the  Navy 
are  also  worn  on  both  arms. 

United  States — Coast  Guard 

The  insignia  of  rank  of  the  Coast  Guard  is  similar 
to  that  of  the  Navy.  Shoulder  marks  are  worn  with 
white  uniforms  and  sleeve  stripes  on  all  other  uni- 


PLATE  XXm 

UNITED  STATES  COAST  GUARD,  LIGHTHOUSE  SERVICE 
AND  MARINE  CORPS 


Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuffs  LIGHTHOUSE  SERVICE 


CAPTAIN  CHIEF  ENGINEER    MASTER  OF  TENDER    TrlE^tJ  SP^i^^rilS'-       ^s'SroV'^^H'^E^' 

MASTER  OFLlQHTVESSa   FIRST  MATE  OF  UGHTVESSa 


CAP  ORNAMENT 


THIRD  OFFICER. SECOND 
ASST.EMffR.OFTENDER 
SECOND  MATE  OF  LIGHT- 
VESSEL.  ASSTENGR.  OF 
LIGHTVESSEL 


•^   A 


COLLAR  DEVICES 
DECK  OFFICERS     EMGIMEER  OFFICERS 


U.S. COAST  GUARD 
WARRANT  OFFICER  CHIEF  PETTY 

CAP  DEVICE  OFFICER 

CAP  DEVICE 


DEPARTMENTAL  DEVICE    V/ORN  ON  COLLAR 


FIRST  SERGEANT    GUNNERY  SERGEANT  SERGEANT  CORPORAL 

Chevrons  worn  by  Non-Commissioned  Officers 


119 


PLATE  XXIV 
UNITED  STATES  COAST  GUARD 


Shoulder  Marks 
•LINE    OFFICERS- 


CAPTAIN 
COMMANDANT 


SENIOR                 CAPTAIN                  FIRST 
CAPTAIN                                              LIEUTENANT 
ENGINEER     OFFICERS 


SECOND 
LIEUTENANT 


THIRD 
LIEUTENANT 


ENGINEERS 

Ins'igmo  of  Ronk  on  Cuffs 
LINE     OFFICERS 


CONSTRUCTOR 


ENGINEER-IN- 
CHIEF 
Captain  of  Engineers 
hos  2i  Stripes 


FIRST  LIEUT  THIRD  LIEUTENANT.        CONSTRUCTOR 

OF  ENGINEERS  second  LiCUTEN/kHT 

hos  1}  Stripes  OS  abova 


120 


UNITED  STATES  NAVY  UNIFORMS  121 

forms.  Line  officers  wear  a  gold  shield  in  lieu  of  the 
star  worn  by  officers  of  the  Regular  Navy.     Plate  24. 

Engineer  officers  are  not  included  in  the  line  officers 
in  this  branch  of  the  service  and  do  not  wear  the 
shield  above  the  stripes,  nor  colored  cloth  between 
the  stripes. 

The  cap  device  is  shown  in  Plate  23. 

The  collar  devices,  like  the  Navy,  include  the 
rank  device  and  the  corps  device. 

For  Captain  Commandant.  A  silver  embroidered 
spread  eagle,  having  in  the  right  talon  an  olive  branch 
and  in  the  left  a  bundle  of  arrows;  an  escutcheon  on 
the  breast  as  represented  in  the  ''Arms  of  the  United 
States";  and  the  corps  device  which  is  a  gold-em- 
broidered foul  anchor,  with  a  shield  embroidered  in 
silver  on  the  shank  and  perpendicular  to  the  crown 
of  the  anchor. 

For  Senior  Captains.  A  silver  oak  leaf;  corps  device 
same  as  for  Captain  Commandant. 

For  Captains.  A  gold  oak  leaf;  corps  device  same 
as  for  Captain  Commandant. 

For  First  Lieutenants.  Two  gold  bars;  corps  device 
same  as  for  Captain  Commandant.     ■ 

For  Second  Lieutenants.  One  gold  bar;  corps 
device  same  as  for  Captain  Commandant. 

For  Third  Lieutenants.  Corps  device  only,  same 
as  for  Captain  Commandant. 

For  Engineer  Officers.  Same  rank  devices  as  are 
prescribed  for  line  officers  with  whom  they  rank,  with 
a  corps  device  consisting  of  a  gold-embroidered  foul 


122    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

anchor,  with  four  oak  leaves  embroidered  in  silver 
on  the  shank. 

For  Constructors.  Same  rank  device  as  prescribed 
for  first  lieutenants;  corps  device,  a  branch  of  oak 
leaves  in  silver  crossing  a  gold-embroidered  foul  anchor 
at  an  angle  of  forty-five  degrees,  stem  toward  the 
stock  of  the  anchor,  in  proportion. 

Rating  badges  similar  to  those  in  the  Navy  are 
worn  by  all  petty  officers  on  the  sleeve  midway  be- 
tween the  shoulder  and  elbow. 

The  specialty  marks  are  the  same  as  those  used 
in  the  Navy  with  the  exception  of  that  for  a  master- 
at-arms,  which  in  the  Coast  Guard  is  a  shield. 

United  States — Light  House  Service 

In  the  light  house  service,  the  insignia  of  rank  is 
designated  by  black,  mohair  braid  stripes  on  the  blue 
coat  and  white  braid  stripes  on  the  white  coat.  A  gold- 
embroidered  anchor  is  worn  on  each  side  of  the  collar 
of  the  blue  coat  by  deck  officers,  and  a  gold-embroid- 
ered propeller  by  engineer  officers.     Plate  23. 

The  petty  officers  consist  of  quartermasters,  with  a 
steering  wheel  of  white  thread  as  a  sleeve  ornament; 
machinists,  with  a  propeller  of  red  thread  as  a  sleeve 
ornament;  clerk,  with  a  quill  of  gold  as  a  sleeve 
ornament,  and  radio  operator,  with  a  represen- 
tation of  forked  lightning,  of  gold,  as  a  sleeve  orna- 
ment. 


PLATE  XXV 
UNITED  STATES  COAST  AND  GEODETIC  SURVEY 

Shoulder     Loops 

^      r8^      f9^      f&^      r® 


GRADE  1  <5iLVER)       GRADE  2  <SilverLeaf)  GRADE   4 

I  GRADE  3  <6oLD  Leaf) 

vHYDROORAPHERS    /\/VND     GEODETIC     /vEMGlNEERS 


TurgISns^"  1rk"m?rmh)  chief  engineers,  SURGEONS,  WATCH  OFFICERS,  MATES  and  DECK 

WATCH  OFFICERS, n^„^  „„„«„.  OFFICERS 


'(DARK  BROWN) 


Ins'ign'ia    of  Rank  on  Cuffs 


GRADE  2  GRADE  J  GRADE  4 


GRADE    1 

flilll 

GRADE    6  CHIEF  ENGINEERS,  SURGEONS,  WATCH  OFFICERS,  MATES  AHo     DECK 

OFFICERS 


US.  ^m 


WATCH  OFFICERS  ANIMATES  DECK  OFFICERS 


123 


124    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 


United  States — Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey 

The  insignia  of  rank  for  white  uniforms  is  worn 
on  the  shoulder  loops  similarly  to  that  of  the  Army. 
On  all  other  uniforms  it  is  worn  on  the  sleeve  similarly 
to  the  Navy. 


V 


CHAPTER  XXII 
GREAT  BRITAIN 

^  Army  Uniforms 

The  new  British  uniform  is  of  khaki  of  a  Httle 
darker  material  than  our  olive  drab.  The  tunic  is 
built  like  a  shooting  coat  with  a  fold-over  collar,  breast 
pockets  and  very  capacious  side  pockets  which  are 
intended  to  carry  things  in.  A  colored  khaki  shirt 
and  tie  are  worn.  In  the  line  the  insignia  of  rank 
are  usually  worn  on  the  cuff  of  each  sleeve. 

General  officers,  officers  of  the  guard  and  some  of 
the  colonial  regiments  continue  to  wear  the  insignia 
on  the  shoulder  straps. 

The  insignia  are  as  follows  (Plates  26  and  27) : 

General  and  staff  officers  may  be  distinguished  by 
the  red  band  around  the  cap  and  by  the  red  tabs  on 
the  lapel  of  the  coat.  There  is  also  a  certain  amount 
of  gold  braid  and  embroidery  above  the  cap  visor, 
hence  the  familiar  term  "Brass  Hat.'' 

Field  Marshal.  Crossed  batons  within  a  laurel 
wreath,  and  crown  above. 

General.  Cross  sword  and  baton,  and  crown  and 
star. 

Lieutenant  General.  Crossed  sword  and  baton  and 
crown. 

125 


PLATE  XXVI 
BRITISH  ARMY 


I 


' 

). 

-c 

"C  

4^. 

•>v'vv: 

o 

•■.•.■•".■.•."• 

o 

.fij 

to 

'^V/:-/;> 

126 


PLATE  XXVn 
BRITISH  ARMY 


OJ 

■ 

1       — 

-o  = 

3 

II         o 

<u   == 

CO 

■ 

III      ^ 

(X  

I 


127 


128    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Major  General.     Crossed  sword  and  baton  and  star. 

Brigadier  General.     Crossed  swords. 

Colonel.  Four  stripes  or  rings  and  a  crown  and 
2  stars. 

Lieutenant  Colonel.  Three  stripes  or  rings,  a  crown, 
and  a  star. 

Major.     Three  stripes  or  rings  and  a  crown. 

Captain.     Two  stripes  or  rings  and  3  stars. 

Lieutenant.     One  stripe  or  ring  and  two  stars. 

Second  Lieutenant.     One  stripe  or  ring  and  one  star. 

Non-Commissioned  officers  wear  chevrons  (point 
downwards)  on  the  upper  right  arm. 

A  lance  corporal  or  acting  bombardier  1;  Corporal 
2;  Sergeant  3;  Color  Sergeant  3  chevrons  and  crossed 
colors;  Staff  Sergeant,  4  chevrons. 

On  the  lower  part  of  the  left  arm  chevrons  are 
worn  as  ''good  conduct"  badge. 

A  sergeant  major  is  dressed  as  an  officer  except 
that  he  has  a  crown  on  the  lower  part  of  the  right 
elbow.  There  are  also  badges  of  proficiency,  such 
as  crossed  rifles  for  marksmen,  a  spur  for  rough- 
riders,  etc. 

Corps,  departmental,  and  regimental  badges  are 
worn  on  the  lapels  of  the  coat. 

Spurs  are  worn  by  all  field  officers  including  captains 
who  are  double-company  commanders,  except  undress 
when  ''Slacks"  (trousers)  are  worn  instead  of  breeches 
and  boots  or  puttees. 

The  Sam  Browne  belt  is  habitually  worn  except  in 
quarter  or  at  mess. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  129 

Etiquette  in  British  Army 

The  regulations  require  junior  officers  to  salute 
their  seniors;  when  a  party  of  two  or  more  officers 
receive  a  salute,  only  the  senior  returns  it.  However, 
all  officers  acknowledge  the  salute  of  officers  of  an 
allied  army.  A  British  officer  salutes  a  foreign  allied 
officer  of  equivalent  or  senior  rank;  when  there  is 
doubt  about  the  rank  of  the  latter  he  is  given  the 
benefit  of  it.  British  officers  are  required  to  be  even 
more  punctilious  about  paying  compliments  to  the 
officers  of  allied  armies  than  they  are  to  their  own 
confreres. 

There  are  no  regulations  as  to  the  position  of  senior 
and  junior  officers  when  walking  together  in  public. 

An  officer  newly  joining  the  regiment  is  not  required 
or  expected  to  call  socially  on  his  colonel  but  merely 
reports  officially  at  the  orderly  room. 

Navy  Uniforms 

The  uniform  of  the  British  Navy  is  very  similar  to 
ours,  the  ''curl"  for  the  line  or  Executive  Branch 
being  used  instead  of  the  ''star." 

Until  1915  Engineer  Officers  came  under  the  Civil 
Branch  of  the  Navy.  It  now  forms  part  of  the  Military 
Arm  and  is  reckoned  as  equal  in  importance  to  the 
Executive  Branch. 

The  insignia  of  rank  includes  the  "curl"  above  the 
stripes,  but  has  also  a  color  band  of  purple^  between 
the  gold  stripes. 


PLATE  XXVm 
BRITISH  NAVY 


130 


PLATE  XXIX 
BRITISH  NAVY 


</> 


|i;i;u 

m 

\ 

m 

m 

B 

131 


132  MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

The  Staff  or  Civil  Branch  of  the  service  has  in  heu 
of  the  curl,  colors  to  distinguish  the  officers  of  the 
various  corps. 

The  British  officers  wear  a  tunic  or  sack  coat  instead 
of  a  blouse  as  worn  by  our  officers.  No  collar  device 
is  worn  to  denote  the  rank  and  corps. 

Red  is  the  distinguishing  color  of  the  Medical  Branch, 
and  in  addition  to  the  missing  curl,  the  stars,  etc., 
worn  by  the  highest  ranks  are  in  gold  and  silver  (another 
detail  which  as  in  the  case  of  the  anchor  of  the  cap 
badge  distinguishes  the  Non-Military  from  the  Military 
Branch). 

Paymasters  who  form  what  is  known  as  the  Ac- 
countants' Branch,  are  to  be  recognized  by  the  white 
cloth  worn  with  the  gold  lace,  while  Naval  Instructors 
wear  pale  blue.  Since  April  1916,  Chief  and  Head 
Navy  Schoolmasters  are  entitled  to  wear  a  narrow 
stripe  of  blue  cloth  on  the  cuff. 

Carpenter-Lieutenants  (with  2  and  2§  stripes)  have 
the  dark  blue  cloth  of  the  shoulder-strap  itself  show- 
ing between  the  lace,  but  there  is  no  curl  as  in  the 
case  of  Lieutenant  Commander  and  Lieutenant. 

The  foregoing  shoulder-straps  are  also  worn  on  the 
white  uniform  which  forms  the  customary  dress  in 
tropical  climates. 

When  a  British  Naval  officer  is  wearing  the  uniform 
Great  Coat,  the  distinction  lace  upon  the  cuffs  of 
the  frock  coat  or  jacket  worn  beneath  is  naturally 
hidden,  and  it  is  the  shoulder-straps  which  are 
utilized   for  displaying  the  device    indicative    of   his 


PLATE  XXX 
BRITISH  NAVY 


w 

"^ 

> 

io 

PLATE  XXXI 
BRITISH  NAVY 


1  i|  iD 


134 


GREAT  BRITAIN  135 

rank  and  the  branch  of  the  service  to  which  he 
belongs. 

If  he  is  an  Executive  Officer  whose  rank  is  between 
that  of  a  Commodore,  2d  Class,  and  that  of  a  Gunner 
or  Boatswain  this  distinction  lace  is  a  replica  of  the 
device  worn  on  the  cuff  of  the  jacket  beneath,  but  in 
the  case  of  Flag  Officers  (that  is,  Admirals  of  the  Fleet, 
Admirals,  Vice  Admirals  and  Rear  Admirals),  and  also 
Commodores,  1st  Class,  the  device  is  similar  to  that 
worn  on  their  epaulettes,  and  quite  distinct  from  that 
worn  on  the  cuffs  of  the  jacket  or  frock  coat. 

The  same  exception  applies  to  Engineer  Vice  Ad- 
mirals, Engineer  Rear  Admirals,  Medical  Director 
Generals  and  Surgeon  Generals,  and  an  edging  of 
purple  cloth  in  the  case  of  the  first  three  distinguishes 
them  from  the  corresponding  ranks  in  the  Executive 
Branch. 


/ 


CHAPTER  XXIII 
FRANCE 

Army  Uniforms 

With  the  exception  of  the  African  troops,  who  wear 
khaki,  the  French  Army  is  dressed  in  a  uniform  of 
gray  blue,  helmet  or  kepi,  trousers  or  pants,  puttees, 
and,  in  cold  weather,  a  tunic  or  great  coat. 

The  number  of  regiment  is  shown  on  the  collar 
patch  (of  the  same  color  as  the  chevron  for  the  active 
army  and  white  for  the  territorial  army).  The  chev- 
ron on  the  collar  patch  as  a  rule  represents  the  color 
of  the  collar  in  the  uniform  previously  worn. 
^  Staff  Officers.  The  arm  band  is  of  dark  blue  for 
brigade  staff  officers,  red  for  division  staff  officers, 
red,  blue  and  white  with  thunderbolt  for  corps  staff 
officers,  and  red  and  white  for  army  staff  officers. 

Infantry.  The  infantry  wears  the  grenade  on  the 
helmet,  yellow  trousers  piping  and  dark  blue  chevron 
on  a  gray  blue  patch. 

Chasseurs  (Rifles).  The  uniform  for  chasseurs 
is  the  same  as  that  for  infantry  with  the  exception 
that  they  wear  a  bugle  on  the  helmet  and  are  dressed 
in  iron  gray  instead  of  blue  gray. 

Cavalry.  In  the  cavalry,  the  piping  on  the  trousers 
is  dark  blue.  Yellow  leather  gaiters  are  worn  and 
the  collar  patch  is  of  dark  blue.    The  patch  for  the 

136 


FRANCE  137 

chevrons  varies — Cuirassiers  have  red;  Dragoons, 
white;  Chasseurs  a  cheval,  green;  Hussars,  hght  blue; 
Chasseurs  d'Afrique,  yellow  shako;  Spahis,  yellow 
sheshia. 

Artillery.  In  the  artillery  the  piping  is  scarlet, 
gaiters  are  worn.  On  the  helmet  is  a  grenade  and 
crossed  guns.  The  chevron  in  the  field  artillery  is 
of  li-ght  blue  mounted  on  a  scarlet  patch ;  in  the  colonial 
artillery,  it  is  violet;  mountain  artillery,  white;  heavy 
artillery,  gray;  horse  artillery,  dark  blue;  and  fort 
artillery,  green. 

Engineers.     The  engineers  wear  a  piping  of  scarlet 
chevron  mounted  on  a  black  velvet  patch  and  gaiters. 

Train.  The  train  v/ears  a  green  piping,  a  red 
chevron  mounted  on  a  green  patch,  and  gaiters. 

Medical.  Red  piping  is  worn  by  the  Medical  Corps. 
The  collar  patch  is  of  red  velvet  with  a  snake  and 
red  badge.     The  rank  bars  are  of  silver. 

Veterinary.  The  veterinary  service  also  uses  a  red 
piping,  a  red  velvet  collar  patch  and  rank  bars  of  silver. 

Interpreters,  Attached  to  the  British  Army.  The 
uniform  for  the  service  is  of  khaki  kepi  with  tunic 
and  trousers.  Officers  wear  an  olive  branch  badge 
on  a  dark  blue  velvet,  and  the  men  a  sphinx's  head 
on  a  gray  blue  collar  patch. 

Flying  Corps.  Orange  piping  is  worn  in  the  flying 
corps  with  an  orange  chevron  on  a  black  collar  patch. 

Gendarmerie  and  Military  Police.  White  piping 
is  worn  by  the  Gendarmerie  and  Military  Police  with 
a  narrow  white  band  to  kepi  or  helmet  and  white 


138    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

grenade    on    a   black    collar    patch.     They   generally 
wear  dark  blue. 

Zouaves.  The  Zouaves  wear  khaki  and  khaki- 
covered  sheshia.     The  chevrons  are  of  dull  red. 

Tirailleurs.  The  uniform  for  the  Tirailleurs  is  the 
same  as  that  for  the  Zouaves  with  the  exception  of 
the  chevron  which  is  light  blue. 

Colonial  Infantry.  This  branch  wears  the  gray  blue 
with  a  chevron  of  scarlet  and  an  anchor  on  the  kepi. 

Foreign  Legion.  The  Foreign  Legion  also  wears 
gray  blue,  but  the  chevrons  are  of  green. 

The    insignia  of  rank  is  on*  lower  part  of  sleeve. 
(Plate  32.) 

Marechal  of  France 6  small  gold  stars 

General  de  Division  (General  Lieu- 
tenant)    3  small  gold  stars  * 

General  de  Brigade  (General  Major)  2  small  gold  stars 

Colonel 5  gold  bars  f 

Lieutenant  Colonel 3  gold  and  2  silver  bars 

Major 4  gold  bars  f 

Captain 3  gold  bars  f 

Lieutenant 2  gold  bars  f 

Sous  Lieutenant 1  gold  bar 

Adjutant  (W.  O.) 1  silver  bar,  red  striped 

Sergeant  Major 2  broad  gold  bars  J 

Sergeant 1  broad  gold  bar  t 

Corporal 2  dark  blue  woolen  bars  t 

Soldat  1  CI 1  dark  blue  woolen  bar  J 

Bugler red,  white  and  blue  bar  J 

*  Generals  also  wear  the  stars  in  front  of  kepi  throughout  the  Amy 
and  a  double  dark  piping  to  breeches, 
t  Silver  for  cavalry  and  chasseurs. 
t  Bars  are  set  at  an  angle  of  30°  from  the  horizontal. 


PLATE  XXXn 

FRENCH  ARMY 
Insignia  of  Rank  of  Cuff 


GENERAL  OF  DIVISION 


.tVx^ 


BRIGADIER  GENERAL 


COLONEL 


Jim!ii,!iiiiiii 


piiiiimniiiii 


LIEUT  COLONEL 


MAJOR 


y 


CAPTAIN 


FIRST 
LIEUTENANT 


SECOND 
LIEUTENANT 


ASPIRANT 


ADJUTANT 


SERGEANT  MAJOR   SERGEANT  MAJOR 
CAVA.LRV  INFANTRV 


SERGEANT 
CAVALRV 


SERGEANT 
INFANTPY 


CORPORAL 
CAVALRV 


CORPORAL 
INFANTRV 


SOLDIER  is-'CLASS    SOLDIER  2^°CUSS 
CAVALRV  INFANTRY  , 


PLATE  XXXm 

FRENCH  ARMY 
Service  Insignia 


INTERPRETER <C) 


QUARTERMASTER <C> 


AVIATION  OFFICER, PILOT(C) 


•X" 


SAPPERS.  (CAV.REGT.)  <S) 
OFFICER,  PILOT  OF  DIRIGIBLE  <C> 


SHOOTINO  PRIZE  (S> 


■H|||.. 


GRENADIERS  <S> 


RAILWAYS  (  5"*  ENGR.CQRPS)  <S> 


CUSTOMS  <C)  RAILWAY  OFFICER  <S) 


GENERAL  STAFF  <C>  <;if;nm    rnooc  /«^\  ^ 

^^^^  SIGNAL  CORPS  <S)  SEARCHLIGHT  <S> 

MOUNTAIN  ARTILLERVdREGIXO 
HEAVY  ART)  LLERV  ( Z  RE6T.)  <C> 


RADIOTELEGRAPHS  <S)   BALLOON  SECTIOM  MAN<S) 


AUTOMOBILE  <C> 


GUNNER  OBSERVER  <5)     N0N-C0mm1S510NED  OFFICER 

BALLOQr4   SECTION  <5> 

TREASURY    <C)  (j 

^^  AVIATOR  (PRIVATE)  <  S) 

FOREIGN  LEGION  <1REGT.)<C)  ^^k.  ^^■{^•^ 

TRATIOr 
OFFICER  <C> 


QUARTERMASTER  ADMINISTRATION  /\ 


w...^.,,.^^     ^  ^.cKf  AVIATOR,  NON-COMMISSIOMED 

MILITARY  POLICE,  LINES  OF COMMUNiaTlONDEPI.^^y  OFFICER  <S) 

<C> 


CX^Q^O 


MEDICAL  SERVICE  ADMIHISTRATION 
OFFICER   <C) 
MEDICAL  SERVICE  (Cy  ^^  ROPE- MAKER  (SPECIALIST) 

(MACHINE-GUN  MAN  (  S> 


MOROCCAN  SPAHIS  <CAV.)<C> 


iHAWlCI 

* 


MECHANICIAN  (S) 


ALGERIAN  SPAHIS  <C>        COLONIAL INFANTRY(MARINES)    MOUNTED 

<C>  SCOUT  <S> 

C  insignia  worn  on  CoHqk  S. insignia  worn  on  sleeve. 


FRANCE  141 

Chevrons  are  worn  on  right  sleeve  to  indicate 
wounds — one  for  each  wound. 

On  the  left  sleeve  the  chevrons  indicate  the  num- 
ber of  years  at  the  front.  The  first  chevron  indicates 
the  first  year  and  each  additional  chevron  indicate 
each  additional  six  months. 

These  chevrons  are  of  the  same  material  and  color 
as  the  insignia  of  the  grade;  for  privates  it  is  of  cloth. 

A  Fourragere  or  Honor  Cord  is  worn  by  all  mem- 
bers of  units  '^mentioned"  three  times.  It  is  an 
interlaced  cord  of  green  and  red  if  mentioned  three 
times  and  of  yellow  and  green  if  mentioned  four  times 
or  more.  One  end  is  attached  to  blouse  or  tunic  over 
shoulder,  the  other  end  extending  to  middle  of  chest. 

The  service  insignia  of  the  French  army  indicated  are 
[^  Plate  33. 

Navy  Uniforms 

From  the  pomt  of  view  of  official  hierarchy,  naval 
and  military  oflficers  in  France  are  divided  into  three 
broad  classes:  Firstly,  Flag  and  General  Officers; 
secondly,  Superior  Officers;  and  thirdly,  Subaltern 
Officers. 

In  the  first  class  are  included  Vice  Admirals  and 
Generals  of  Divisions,  Rear  Admirals  and  Brigadier 
Generals  (in  other  words,  all  officers  whose  distinctive 
marks  in  uniform  consist  of  two  or  more  stars).  In 
this  category  are  also  included  officers  of  the  auxiliary 
branches  of  the  navy  and  army  whose  rank  is  equal 
to  that  of  Flag  and  General  officers;  the  latter  being 
designated  High  Functionaries  (Hants  Fonctionnaires). 


142    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

To  the  lists  of  Flag  and  General  Officers  must  be 
added  "Admirals  and  Marshals  of  France,"  but  these 
are  not  ranks  properly  so  called,  and  officers  invested 
with  such  titles  are  usually  spoken  of  as  ''Dignitaries" 
as  no  special  employment  is  provided  for  officers 
holding  them.  The  ''Dignity"  of  Admiral  or  Marshal 
is  conferred  on  officers  as  a  reward  of  service  in  war 
time. 

In  the  second  class  (superior  officers)  are  included 
all  officers  of  the  rank  of  Captain,  Commander  and 
Lieut.  Commander  in  the  Navy  and  of  Colonel, 
Lieut.  Colonel,  and  Chef  de  Battalion  or  Chef  d'Es- 
cadron  in  the  Army.  Superior  officers  of  the  Navy 
may  always  be  known  from  the  fact  of  their  wearing 
four  or  five  stripes  of  distinguishing  lace  on  their  sleeve. 

In  the  third  class  (subaltern  officers)  are  included 
Acting  Sub-Lieutenants,  Sub-Lieutenants,  and  Lieu- 
tenants in  the  Navy  (with  officials  of  corresponding 
rank  in  the  non-executive  and  civilian  branches)  and 
similar  ranks  in  the  Army.  Naval  Cadets  are  not 
classified  as  officers;  they  rank  below  Warrant  Officers, 
but  above  Chief  Petty  Officers. 

The  uniform  of  officers  of  all  grades  and  corps  in 
the  French  Navy  is  similar  in  design  and  cut,  and  the 
method  by  which  the  rank  of  the  officer  and  the  corps 
to  which  he  belongs  is  distinguished  as  follows: 

Officers  of  the  Executive  Branch  wear  gold  or  silver 
lace  stripes  sewn  direct  on  the  sleeve  of  the  coat. 
The  rank  of  Admiral  is  distinguished  by  two  or  three 
stars.     Engineer   Officers   wear   violet   velvet   facings 


PLATE  XXXIV 

FRENCH  NAVY 
Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuff 


/ 

iniiiii!:Mi 

/ 

VICE  A.DMIRA.L  REAR  ^DM1RAL  CAPTMN 


iiiiiii.niiiiiiiiiiiiiimiimiiniiiJiii 


liiiiiiniiii'ii. 


l!n::l:i'M':ilMilliinMM!!llllll 


iMIIhllilWIIillllnHlllllll 


COMMANDER  LIEUT.  COMMANDER 


lllllilHlll''IIHIlllllllll'lll'|i|lllllllili 


liuilimilllliliimiiiiiiMUiiiiiiTrTTTTI 


|lll!llllll|illl|llllllllll!ll!lllllli)mi 


LIEUTENANT  SUBLIEUTENANT  ACTING 

SUBLIEUTENANT 


143 


144    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

on  the  sleeve,  while  Medical  Officers  wear  red  velvet 
facings;  Paymasters,  brown  velvet  facings.  Officials 
of  the  Constructive  and  Hydrographic  Branches  wear 
black  velvet  facings,  and  officers  of  the  Corps  de 
Sante  (Physicians)  wear  green  velvet  facings  on  the 
sleeves  of  their  uniform  coats. 

The  following  are  the  distinguishing  marks  (Plate  34) : 

Admiral  of  the  Fleet.     Crossed  Admiral's  batons. 

Vice  Admiral.     Three  silver  stars. 

Rear  Admiral.    Two  silver  stars. 

Captain.     Five  gold  stripes. 

Commander.     Three  gold  and  two  silver  stripes. 

Lieutenant  Commander.     Four  gold  stripes. 

Lieutenant.     Three  gold  stripes. 

Sub-Lieutenant.     Two  gold  stripes. 

Acting  Sub-Lieutenant.     One  gold  stripe. 

Flag  officers  of  the  Engineer,  Accountant,  Medical, 
Construction,  Ordnance,  Inspection,  and  Adminis- 
tration Branches  or  Corps  wear  distinguishing  marks 
of  embroidery,  instead  of  that  of  stars  and  velvet 
cuffs  on  sleeves,  of  the  distinctive  color  of  the  Branch 
or  Corps.  In  other  grades  of  these  Branches,  the 
same  insignia  as  that  of  officers  of  the  executive  branch 
are  worn  with  the  addition  of  the  colored  velvet  facings. 

In  the  Engineer,  Accountant,  Medical,  Construc- 
tion, Ordnance,  and  Inspection  Branches,  the  highest 
ranking  officer  ranks  with  that  of  Vice  Admiral  of 
the  Executive  Branch;  in  the  Hydrographic  and 
Administrative  Branches  with  that  of  Rear  Admiral 
and  in  the  Physician  Branch  with  that  of  Captain. 


CHAPTER  XXIV 
GERMANY 

Akmy  Uniforms 

With  a  few  exceptions  stated  below  all  armies  are 
dressed  in  gray  (feldgrau),  a  cap  or  covered  helmet, 
a  tunic,  a  great  coat,  trousers  or  pants,  long  boots 
(worn  over  or  under  trousers)  and  shoulder  straps 
with  regimental  number  or  monogram  edged  with 
various  colors  or  state  colors  (one  year  volunteers). 
The  great  coats  are  sometimes  of  dark  blue. 

The  new  German  field  uniform  has  a  preeminently 
German  appearance  and  is  very  popular.  The  pocket 
is  set  diagonally  in  the  skirt  of  the  blouse  or  tunic 
and  is  placed  inside,  so  that  even  if  bulging  full  the 
appearance  is  good.  The  collar  is  a  falling  collar  which 
can  be  turned  up  for  warmth.  The  color  is  of  field 
gray  and  field  green,  so  as  to  promote  invisibility. 
The  American  system  of  insignia  is  unknown  to  the 
Germans,  who  secure  the  differentiation  by  the  color 
of  the  buttons,  style  of  caps,  color  of  the  facings  and 
the  pipings,  etc. 

The  colored  pipings  and  facings  do  not  destroy  the 
invisibility,  as  might  be  surmised.  On  the  contrary, 
the  colors  retained  adapt  themselves  to  the  terrain 

145 


146    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

where  the  vegetation  is  never  of  an  entirely  uniform 
color. 

Cap-bands  are  often  gray  colored.  Staff  officers 
wear  a  carmine  band  to  cap  and  broad  carmine  trouser 
stripe. 

Infantry.  The  uniform  of  the  infantry  is  as  given 
above  with  an  edging  according  to  corps,  the  cap- 
band  is  red  or  gray  colored. 

Jager  and  Schiitzen  (Rifles).  These  troops  are 
dressed  in  gray  green,  with  a  green  strap  edging  and 
wear  a  shako  instead  of  a  helmet.  The  cap-band  is 
red  or  gray  covered. 

Cavalry.  Stand  up  collars  are  worn.  Lancers 
(Uhlans)  and  Hussars  wear  special  cut  tunics  and 
special  headdress.  The  edging  of  shoulder  strap  varies 
in  color,  but  the  dragoons  have  a  single  and  the  cuiras- 
siers a  double  edging.  The  cap-bands  are  of  various 
colors. 

Field  Artillery.  The  field  artillery  wears  a  black 
piping  to  the  collar;  red  grenade  on  shoulder  strap, 
brass  buttons  (white  metal  in  guard  corps)  and  a 
black  cap-band. 

Engineers.  The  engineers  wear  a  black  piping  to 
the  collar,  no  grenade;  white  metal  buttons  and  a 
cap-band  of  black. 

Train.  For  the  train  the  edging  to  the  collar  and 
tunic  is  of  blue.  In  the  supply  department  it  is 
crimson.     The  cap-band  is  of  blue. 

Medical.  The  medical  corps  wears  a  red  edging 
to  a  blue  collar  patch  and  a  cap-band  of  black. 


GERMANY  147 

Veterinary.  The  veterinary  wears  a  red  edge  to 
a  black  collar  patch. 

Guard  regiments  wear  two  4-inch  tabs  of  braid  on 
either  side  of  the  collar  and  white  buttons.  The 
shank  of  sidearm  tassel  shows  the  number  of  bat- 
talion. On  the  top  and  bottom  the  number  of  the 
Company:  1,  white;  2,  red;  3,  yellow;  4,  blue; 
5,  green.  Thus,  red  shank,  and  yellow  remainder  sig- 
nifies the  2d  battalion,  3rd  company. 

Landwehr.  The  Landwehr  wear  a  cross  on  the 
headdress,  caps  are  now  mostly  all  gray. 

The  cockade  on  the  soft  front  of  cap  is  of  red,  white, 
and  black,  while  the  cockade  on  the  cap-band  shows 
the  state.  Thus,  Prussia  is  bl^ck  and  white;  Ba- 
varia, blue  and  white;  Saxony,  green  and  white; 
Wiirttemberg,  red  and  black,  Hesse,  red  and  white; 
Mecklenburg,  red,  yellow,  and  blue,  etc. 

Grade  Insignia 

Insignia  of  rank  of  commissioned  officers  is  on  the 
shoulder  strap. 

Field  Marshal  General.  Large  cord  shoulder  strap 
with  two  crossed  batons. 

Lieut.  General  in  Conimand  of  an  Army.  Large 
cord  shoulder  strap  with  two  stars. 

Major  General.  Large  cord  shoulder  strap  with 
one  star. 

Brigadier  General.     Large  cord  shoulder  strap. 

Colonel.     Cord  shoulder  strap  with  two  stars. 


PLATE  XXXV 

GERMAN  ARMY 
Grade  Insignia 

SHOULDER  STRAPS 


OFFICERS   GRADE  INSIGNIA 
SUBALTERN  OFFICERS       SUPERIOR  OFFICERS         GENERALS 
Captain     'Z'Stars  Colonel    2-Stars       General    2-Stars 

1®^  Lieut     I- Star  Lieut  Colonel  I- Star      Lieut  Gen.  I- Star 

2'*'' Lieut  No  Star  Major       NoStar   Major  Gen.  No  Star 


COAT  COLLAR    INSIGNIA 
SOLDIER    ISTCLASS  CORPORAL         SERGEANT  MAJOR 


COAT    INSIGNIA 
NON-COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS 


Ti 

9© 

SLEEVE  INSIGNIA 
SARGEANT  MAJOR 


148 


/ 


GERMANY  149 

Lieut.  Colonel.     Cord  shoulder  strap  with  one  star. 

Major.     Cord  shoulder  strap. 

Captain.     Flat  shoulder  strap  with  two  stars. 

Lieutenant.     Flat  shoulder  strap  with  one  star. 

Second  Lieutenant.     Flat  shoulder  strap. 

Sergeant  Major,  Gold  or  silver  stripe  on  collar, 
double  stripes  on  sleeves,  officers'  sword  cord. 

Sergeant.  Gold  or  silver  stripe  on  collar,  two 
stripes  on  sleeves,  large  button  on  collar. 

Non-Commissioned  OflSicer.  Gold  or  silver  stripe 
on  collar,  and  sleeve. 

First  Soldier.     Small  button  on  collar. 

Navy 

/  The  insignia  of  rank  on  the  sleeves  is  similar  to 
that  of  ours.  A  crown  instead  of  a  star  is  placed 
above  the  stripes  to  designate  executive  ranks. 

Engineer  Officers,  like  the  British,  although  be- 
longing to  a  separate  corps  hold  executive  ranks,  and 
therefore  wear  the  crown  above  the  stripes. 

Torpedo  officers  and  officers  of  the  civilian  branches 
are  without  the  crown  on  the  sleeve,  but  wear  between 
the  gold  stripes  a  color  designating  the  corps.  Thus, 
engineers,  black;  torpedo  officers,  brown;  doctors, 
blue;  paymasters,  light  blue,  and  constructors,  black. 

The  color  of  the  branch  is  also  worn  on  the  epaulettes, 
full  dress  and  worked  into  the  shoulder  straps. 

Paymasters  and  constructors  have  silver  instead  of 
gold  epaulette  fringes  and  cloth  instead  of  velvet 
between  the  stripes. 


150    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

The  ranks  of  the  commissioned  officers  of  the  Ger- 
man Navy,  with  their  insignias,  are  as  follows : 

Grand  Admiral.  One  wide  gold  stripe  below  four 
narrow  gold  stripes,  with  a  gold  crown  above. 

Admiral.  One  wide  gold  stripe  below  three  narrow 
gold  stripes  with  a  gold  crown  above. 

Vice  Admiral.  One  wide  gold  stripe  below  two  nar- 
row gold  stripes  with  a  gold  crown  above. 

Rear  Admiral.  One  wide  gold  stripe  below  one 
narrow  gold  stripe  with  a  gold  crown  above. 

Captain.  Four  narrow  gold  stripes  below  a  gold 
crown. 

Commander.  Three  narrow  gold  stripes  below  a 
gold  crown. 

Senior  Lieutenant.  Two  narrow  gold  stripes  below 
a  gold  crown. 

Jimior  Lieutenant.  One  narrow  gold  stripe  below 
a  gold  crown. 

Sub-Lieutenant.  One  very  narrow  gold  stripe  below 
a  gold  'crown. 

The  insignia  of  rank  on  the  shoulder  knots  is  as 
follows : 

Grand  Admiral.  An  interlacing  of  cords  with  gold 
trimming  on  which  is  mounted  two  crossed  gold 
cannon. 

Admiral.  An  interlacing  of  cords  with  gold  trimming 
on  which  is  mounted  three  small  gold  rosettes. 

Vice  Admiral.  An  interlacing  of  cords  with  gold 
trimming  on  which  is  mounted  two  small  gold  rosettes. 
I    Rear  Admiral.     An  interlacing  of  cords  with  gold 


GR^ND 
ADMIRAL 


PLATE  XXXVI 

GERMAN  NAVY 
Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuff 


ADMIRAL 


VICE 
ADMIRAL 


REAR 
ADMIRAL 


|iiiniiiiiiiiiiiiii|iiiMiiiiiiiii 
iiiiiiiiiiiii'riiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiii/ 
iiiiiii|iiiiiiniiiiiiiirTTTnW 

IIUIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiii[iiiiin»ij 


CAPTAIH 


i|iPiiHiiiiiiii|iiri|i[iiM 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimMJiJ 

'""I'lMlliniinilillTTTTTTTTny 


COMMANDER 


iiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiimnnia 


illllllllllilliliilllllTTMITI 


SENIOR 
LIEUTENANT 


T^mminimiMiiiimiiiiiif 


JUNIOR 
LIEUTENANT 


SUB 
LIEUTENANT 


151 


152    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

trimming  on  which  is  mounted  one  small  gold 
rosette. 

Captain.  Broad  interlacing  of  cords  without  gold 
trimming  on  which  is  mounted  two  small  gold  rosettes. 

Commander.  Broad  interlacing  of  cords  without 
gold  trimming  on  which  is  mounted  one  small  gold 
rosette. 

Senior  Lieutenant.  Broad  interlacing  of  cords 
without  gold  trimming. 

Junior  Lieutenant.  Narrow  parallel  cords  on  which 
is  mounted  two  gold  rosettes. 

Sub -Lieutenant.  Narrow  parallel  cords  on  which 
is  mounted  one  gold  rosette. 


CHAPTER  XXV 
.     ITALY 

Army  Uniforms 

The  rank  of  the  officers  of  the  Army  is  designated 
by  the  cap  device  and  by  the  insignia  on  the  shoulder 
straps.  All  officers  have  a  silver  star  on  either  side 
of  collar  and  the  color  and  design  of  the  collar  patch 
shows  to  which  branch  of  the  service  and  to  which 
regiment  they  belong.  Thus  a  green  collar  patch 
signifies  the  51  U.  52  Infantry  —  Regulars;  a  white 
collar  patch  with  black  horizontal  stripe,  the  15  U. 
16  Infantry — Regulars;  a  white  collar  with  a  black 
scallop,  Regular  Cavalleg-geri  di  Lucca. 

The  insignia  on  the  shoulders  is  as  follows: 

General.  Three  gold  stars  on  a  shoulder  mark  of 
broad  silver  braid. 

Lieutenant  General.  Two  gold  stars  on  a  shoulder 
mark  of  broad  silver  braid. 

Major  General.  One  gold  star  on  a  shoulder  mark 
of  broad  silver  braid. 

Colonel.  Three  silver  stars  on  a  shoulder  strap  with 
silver  braid  trimming. 

Lieutenant  Colonel.  Two  silver  stars  on  a  shoulder 
strap  with  silver  braid  trimming. 

153 


154    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Major.  One  silver  star  on  a  shoulder  strap  with 
gold  braid  trimming. 

Captain.  Three  silver  stars  on  shoulder  strap 
without  gold  or  silver  braid  trimming. 

First  Lieutenant.  Two  silver  stars  on  shoulder 
strap  without  gold  or  silver  braid  trimming. 

Second  Lieutenant.  One  silver  star  on  shoulder 
strap  without  gold  or  silver  braid  trimming. 

Non-commissioned  officers  wear  chevrons  on  the 
cuffs  of  sleeves;  1,  2,  3,  or  4,  according  to  the  rank. 

Navy  Uniforms 

The  general  system  of  indicating  the  branch  of  the 
service  and  the  relative  ranks  of  officers  of  the  Italian 
Navy  is  the  same  as  in  the  British  Navy,  i.e.,  for 
branch  of  service  by  colors  on  the  cuffs  between  the 
stripes,  or  by  the  curl  in  the  case  of  executive  officers; 
for  seniority  by  broad  and  narrow  stripes. 

The  undress  coat  is  a  tunic  edged  with  black  braid, 
the  distinction  marks  being  worn  on  shoulder  straps 
instead  of  on  the  sleeves. 

Plain  clothes  may  be  worn  on  shore  except  on 
public  festivals  between  8  a.m.  and  sunset,  on  gala 
nights  at  the  theater,  or  at  public  dinners  or  recep- 
tions. Midshipmen  and  officers  of  corresponding  rank 
are  only  allowed  to  wear  plain  clothes  when  on  long 
leave. 

Distinguishing  marks  of  Branches  and  Ranks. 
The  distinctive  colors  on  cuffs  between  stripes  of  the 
various  branches  are: 


PLATE  XXXVn 
ITALIAN  ARMY 

Collar  Device  Designating  the  Regiment 
KEY 

MAROON  RED  BL^CK  YELLOW        WHITE        SALMON  RED    ORANGE  6LUE 


{^ 


& 


REG.NIZIACAVALLERIA  REG-PlEMOM-TE  RLALE  CAVALLERIA  REG.SAVOIA  CAVALLERIA 


^ 


4 


REG.GENOVACAVALLERIA  REG.lANCIERl  01    NOVAR^  REe.LANCIERl  Dl  AOSTA 


■REG.CAVALLEGGERl  Dl  FOGGIA  REG.GAVALLEGGERI  DI  SALUIZO      REG.CAVALLEGGERl  Dl  MONFERRATO 


REG.CAVAU.E6GER1  Dl  ALESSANDRIA      REG.CAYALLEGGERl  Dl  LODI  REG.CAYALLEG&ERI  Dl  LUCCA 


& 


REG.CAVALLEGGERl  Dl  PADOVA  REG.CAVALLEGGERl  Dl  CATANIA  REG.CAVALLFGGERI  UMBERTO  I. 


REG.CAVALLEGGERl  Dl  VICENIA  REG.LANCIERI  01   MANTOVA  REG. LANCIERl  Dl  VERCELU 

The  Hats  and  Insignia  of  Rank  on  Shoulder  Marks 
of  Commissioned  Officers 


LIEUT. COLONEL  COLONEL  GENERAL  MAJOR         LIEUT.  GENERAL  GENERAL 


156    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Constructors.     Crimson  velvet. 

Engineer  Officers.     Black  velvet. 

Medical  Officers.     Light  blue  cloth. 

Pajmiasters.     Red  cloth. 

Pharmacists.     Green  cloth. 

All  officers  on  the  active  list  wear  a  5-pointed  star 
(stellette)  on  each  side  of  the  coat  collar  as  a  token 
that  they  are  on  the  active  list,  and  thus  subject  to 
naval  discipline,  with  the  exception  of  the  following, 
who  wear  an  8-pointed  star:  Pharmacists,  Officials 
of  the  Harbor  Master's  Office,  Motor  Boat,  Volunteer 
Corps  which  may  be  created.  For  Flag  Officers  and 
equivalent  ranks  the  star  is  gold,  for  other  ranks,  silver. 

The  distinction  lace  on  the  cuffs  is  as  follows : 

Flag  Officers.  Four,  three,  or  two  narrow  stripes 
for  an  Admiral,  Vice  Admiral,  or  Rear  Admiral,  and 
other  officers  of  correspondmg  rank.  The  lower  stripe 
is  entwined  with  a  waved  stripe. 

Captains  and  Equivalent  Ranks.  One  broad  and 
three  narrow  stripes. 

Commander.     One  broad  and  two  narrow  stripes. 

Lieutenant  Commander.  One  broad  and  one  nar- 
row stripe. 

Lieutenant.     Three  narrow  stripes. 

Senior  Lieutenants  have  a  gold  band  on  shoulder 
strap  for  twelve  years  seniority. 

Sub-Lieutenant.     Two  narrow  stripes. 

Midshipman.     One  narrow  stripe. 

The  cap  worn  by  all  commissioned  officers  is  similar 
to  the  British  in  shape.     The  badge  of  the  executive 


PLATE  XXXVm 

ITALIAN  NAVY 
Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuff 


ADMIRAL  VICE  ADMIRAL  REAR  ADMIRAL 


_J% 

„.,.,„„..tJ 

' '/ 

lltlltlH 

iiiiiMiiiMini 

IIMI|\llllllll|^ 

CAPTAIH 


COMMANDER  ^^  LIEUT. 

COMMANDER 


LIEUTENANT        SUB  LIEUTENANT         MIDSHIPMAN 


iiiiiiiiiiiii);miiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii)ii/ 


ENGINEER        CONSTRUCTOR        SURGEON  PAYMASTER 

LIEUTCOMMANDER         LI  EUT.  MAJOR  GENERAL  LIEUT  COLONEL 

GENERAL 


158   MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

officer  is  a  foul  anchor  on  a  blue  ground,  surrounded 
by  gold  leaves  surmounted  by  the  royal  crown.  Civilian 
branches  wear  the  following  devices  in  place  of  the 
foul  anchor: 

Engineer  Officers.  A  screw  propeller  on  a  black 
ground. 

Constructors.  A  helmet  over  a  crossed  hammer 
and  hatchet  on  a  crimson  ground. 

Medical  Officers.     A  red  cross  on  a  white  ground. 

Paymasters.     A  gold  star  on  a  red  ground. 

The  peak  of  the  cap  is  plain  in  all  cases,  distinctive 
rank  and  class  being  indicated  by  gold  stripes  sewn 
on  a  band  of  similar  color  to  that  worn  with  dis- 
tinction lace  on  the  cuff,  and  which  takes  the  place 
of  the  mohair  band  on  the  British  cap. 

The  following  devices  are  worn  on  epaulettes: 

Executive  Officers.  Monogram  of  the  King — ^V.E. — 
entwined  with  rope  and  two  foul  anchors. 

Constructors  and  Engineers.  A  hemlet  over  a 
crossed  hatchet  and  hammer,  enclosed  in  a  bay  leaf 
wreath. 

Surgeons.     A  serpent  entwined  about  a  staff. 

Paymasters.    An  oak  leaf  wreath. 

Shoulder  straps : 

Flag  Officers.  Gold  royal  crown  over  gold  anchor 
and  three  gold  stars. 

Ufficiali  Superiore.  Black  with  a  gold  edge,  royal 
crown  and  two  gold  stars. 

Ufficiali  Inferiore.  Black  with  a  gold  royal  crown 
and  one  star. 


ITALY  159 

Officers  of  other  branches  wear  similar  shoulder 
straps  edged  with  the  color  of  the  branch,  and  car- 
rying a  device  similar  to  that  worn  on  the  epaulettes. 

A  transverse  shoulder  strap  is  worn  on  full  dress 
and  frock  coat  as  follows: 

Flag  Officers  of  the  Executive  Branch.  Black 
edged  with  gold,  with  a  large  foul  anchor  and  crown. 

Flag  Officers  of  Other  Branches.  Black  edged  with 
gold  and  an  outer  edge  of  the  color  of  the  branch, 
with  device  similar  to  that  worn  on  the  epaulettes. 

Ufficiali  Superiore  (all  branches).  Black  with  gold 
edge,  a  gold  rope  running  through  the  center. 

Ufficiali  Inferiore  (all  branches).    A  plain  gold  stripe. 

The  following  badges  of  rank  and  class  are  worn  by- 
Warrant  Officers: 

Chief  Warrant  Officer.  One  gold  stripe  with  diag- 
onal blue  lines  on  each  cuff.  The  specialty  device  is 
worn  on  each  sleeve  just  above  the  elbow. 

Warrant  Officer.  The  specialty  device,  worn  on 
each  sleeve  just  above  the  elbow. 

Chief  Petty  Officers.  Chief  petty  officers  dress 
similarly  to  warrant  officers. 

The  distinctive  marks  of  rank  and  branch  are  two 
gold  chevrons,  one  narrow  and  one  broad,  worn  on 
the  sleeve  just  above  the  elbow,  and  surmounted  by 
the  device  of  the  branch.  Those  of  three  years 
seniority  add  a  narrow  chevron. 

Petty  Officers.  Two  red  chevrons,  one  narrow  and 
one  broad,  surmounted  by  the  device  of  the  branch 
also  in  red. 


160   MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Leading  and  Able  Seamen.  Leading  seamen  wear 
one  narrow  red  chevron  on  sleeve  just  above  elbow, 
with  device  of  branch  also  in  red. 

Able  seamen  wear  the  device  of  branch  only. 

Ordinary  seamen  have  no  distinguishing  mark  for 
branch. 


CHAPTER  XXVI 
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY 

f  Army  Uniforms 

The  principal  insignia  distinctive  of  the  mihtary 
rank  of  the  personnel  of  the  army  are  placed  on  the 
stand-up  collars  of  the  tunics,  the  Hussar  jackets, 
the  Lancer  jackets,  the  blouses,  etc.,  and  are  as  fol- 
lows: • 

For  officers  of  the  military  profession,  auditors, 
army  doctors,  mihtary  accountants,  and  other  officials: 
In  the  rank  of  General,  embroidery  in  gold  consisting 
of  golden  borders  and  silver  embroidered  stars;  be- 
sides on  the  cuffs  gold  embroidery  consisting  of  golden 
borders.  In  the  rank  of  Staff  Officer,  gold  or  silver 
borders  (according  to  the  buttons)  and  silver  or  gold 
embroidered  stars  (contrary  to  the  buttons);  besides 
on  the  cuffs  gold  or  silver  borders.  In  the  rank  of 
superior  officer,  gold  or  silver  embroidered  stars 
(according  to  the  buttons). 

Those  without  order  of  rank,  small  silver  border 
and  stars. 

Sergeant-major,  small  yellow  silk  border  and  white 
celluloid  stars. 

Other  non-commissioned  officers  and  lance-corporals, 
white  celluloid  stars. 

161 


PLATE  XXXIX 

AUSTRO-HUNGARIAN  ARMY 
Insignia  of  Rank  on  Collar 


GENERAL 


GENERALOF  DIVISION 


BRIGADIER  GENERAL 


COLONEL 


LIEUT.  COLONEL 


MAJOR 


CAPTAIN 


FIRST 
LIEUTENANT 


SECOND 
LIEUTENANT 


162 


AUSTRIA-HUNGARY 


163 


For  officials  attached  to  the  army:  Like  the  corre- 
sponding rank  of  the  officers;  however,  instead  of 
stars,  gold  or  silver  embroidered  rosettes. 

The  gold  or  silver  borders  of  the  Generals  and 
Staff  Officers  are  of  different  design  from  those  of 
the  corresponding  ranks  of  the  officials. 

DISTINCTIVE   MARKS  OF  EACH   RANK 

Fieldmarshal.     General's  buttons  and  a  gold  acorn    worn  on 
the  collar  and  on  the  sleeve. 


General  Officers 


General 


Infantry 
Cavalry 
Master  of  Ordnance 
General  of  Division  or 
Fieldmarshal  Lieutenant 
Major  General 
General  Auditor 
Doctor  of  General  Staff, 
etc. 


Gold  braid 
with 
general's 
buttons 


Three  silver  stars  worn 
on  collar 

Two  silver  stars  worn 
on  collar 

One  silver  star  worn  on 
collar 


Colonel 

Doctor  of  Staff 
Lieut.  Colonel 
Major 


Staff  Officers 

Gold  or  silver  braid  and 
buttons  with  numerals 
on  them 


Three  silver  stars 

Two  silver  stars 
One  silver  star 


164    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 


Subaltern  Officers 


Captain 

Cavalry  Captain 
Chief  Auditor 
Regimental  Doctor 
Chief  Accountant 
First  Lieutenant 
Second  Lieutenant 
Asst.  Surgeon 

Color  Sergeant 
Cadet 


'  Three  gold  or  silver  stars 


Two  gold  or  silver  stars 
One  gold  or  silver  star 
One  gold  or  silver  star 
One  gold   border  and  one 

silver  plated  star 
Narrow  gold    border    and 

celluloid  star 


Sergeants 
Accountant  (non-com.  1st  class) 
Chief  of  Guard 
Master  Gunner,  1st  class 
Regimental  Drummer 
Regimental  Bugler 
Battahon  Bugler 
Regimental  Trumpeter 
Master  of  Technical  Art,  1st  cl. 
Artillery  Master,  1st  class 
Accountant  (non-com.  2d  class) 
Master  Gunsmith,  2d  class 
Artillery  Master,  2d  class 
Battalion  Bugler,  2d  class 
Division  and  Battalion  Trumpeter 
Regimental  Saddler 
Blacksmith 
Locksmith 
Master  of  Technical  Art,  2d  cl. 

Corporal 

Privates 


Narrow  yellow  silk  braid 
and  three  celluloid  stars 
on  collar 


Three  white  celluloid  stars 
on  collar 


Two  white  celluloid  stars 

on  collar 
Without  distinction 


AUSTRIA-HUNGARY  165 


Navy  Uniforms 


The  general  system  of  indicating  the  branch  of 
the  service  and  the  relative  ranks  of  officers  of  the 
Austro-Hungarian  Navy  is  the  same  as  in  the  British 
Navy,  i.e.,  for  branch  of  service  by  colors  on  the 
cuffs  and  between  the  stripes,  and  the  curl  in  the  case 
of  executive  officers;  for  seniority,  broad  and  narrow 
stripes  of  gold  lace. 

Officers  of  the  military  branch  are  always  to  wear 
uniform  ashore  except  when  attending  a  class  of 
instruction  at  a  high  school,  hunting,  shooting,  or 
playing  games.  Other  officers  may  wear  plain  clothes. 
Abroad,  plain  clothes  are  always  to  be  worn. 

Officers  on  half-pay  and  those  not  on  the  active 
list  wear  plain  clothes;  uniform  may  be  worn  on  cere- 
monial occasions. 

The  distinctive  colors  of  the  various  branches  are 
as  follows : 

Military  Branch.     Same  as  the  cloth. 

Medical  Branch.     Black. 

Technical  Officers.     Crimson. 

Engineering  Branch.     Gray. 

Accountant  Branch.     Light  blue. 

Teaching  Staff  and  Hydrcgraphic  Officials.  Dark 
blue. 

Clerical  Staff  (Kanzleibeamten) .    Brown. 

Officers  in  full  dress  may  be  distinguished  by  the 
color  of  the  velvet  on  the  cuffs  and  by  silver  stars 
or  rosettes  on  both  sides  of  the  collar;    in  all  other 


166    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

uniforms,  by  stripes  on  the  sleeve  or  shoulder  straps 
and  colored  silk  between  the  stripes. 

The  distinguishing  ranks  on  the  uniform  are  stripes 
on  the  sleeves.  The  Admiral's  broad  stripe  is  two 
inches,  the  medium  stripe  of  the  Captains  and  Com- 
mander, IJ  inches,  and  the  ordinary  stripe,  yg  inch 
wide.  Stripes  are  J  inch  apart,  and  the  upper  stripe 
of  executive  officers  is  fitted  with  a  curl. 

Admiral.  One  broad  stripe  and  three  ordinary 
stripes. 

Vice  Admiral.  One  broad  stripe  and  two  ordinary 
stripes. 

Rear  Admiral.  One  broad  stripe  and  one  ordinary 
stripe. 

Flag  Officers  of  the  military  branch  wear  a  gold 
crown  above  the  upper  stripe;  of  the  medical  branch, 
a  gold  star;  other  branches,  a  gold  rosette. 

Captain.     One  medium  and  three  ordinary  stripes. 

Captain  of  a  Cruiser.  One  medium  and  two  ordi- 
nary stripes. 

Commander.     One  medium  and  one  ordinary  stripe. 

Lieutenant  Commander.     Three  ordinary  stripes. 

Lieutenant.     Two  ordinary  stripes. 

Sub-Lieutenant.     One  ordinary  stripe. 

Midshipman.  One  ordinary  stripe  half  round  the 
sleeves. 

The  Monkey  Jacket  is  similar  to  that  in  use  in 
the  British  Navy.  Officers  of  the  military  and 
medical  branches  wear  a  small  gold  stripe  on  each 
shoulder. 


Shoulder  Strops 
on  Full  Dress 
Coats 


REAR  ADMIRAL 


PLATE  XL 
AUSTRO-HUNGARIAN  NAVY 


nsignio  of  Rank  on  Cuffs  of  FrocK  Coats  ond  Monkey  Jackets 


COMMANDER 


LIEUTENANT 


SUB  LIEUTENANT 


CADET 


SURGEON  GENERAL 


DEPUTY  SURGEON 
GENERAL 


OFFICIAL  OF  COM- 
MIOSHIPMAN  MANDERS'RANK 


STAFF  SURGEON 


SENIOR  LIEUTENANT  OFFICIAL  OF  REAR  ASST.  PAV MASTER 

ADMIRAL'S  RANK 


Insignia  of  Rank  on 

Collars  of  Full  Dress 

Coats 


OFFICIAL  OF  REAR  AOMIRaCSRANK 


OFFICIAL  OF  LIEUTENANTS  RANK 


1$ 


167 


168    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Epaulette  Devices 

For  the  Military  Branch.  Silver  stars  according  to 
rank,  and  a  gold  crown  for  flag  officers.  Gold  crown 
and  anchor  for  other  officers. 

For  the  Medical  Branch.  A  silver  ^Esculapius'  staff. 
In  addition,  for  officers  of  flag  rank,  silver  stars  ac- 
cording to  rank. 

For  the  Official  Branches.  A  gold  rosette  for  offi- 
cers of  the  equivalent  rank  of  Rear  Admiral.  No 
device  for  other  officers. 

BulUons.  For  officers  of  rank  of  Commander  and 
above,  a  double  row  of  bright  gold  bullions  J  inch 
thick. 

For  officers  of  rank  of  Lieutenant  Commander  and 
Lieutenant,  a  double  row  of  gold  bullions  |  inch  thick. 

Sub-lieutenants  and  Midshipmen  wear  no  bullions. 

Shoulder  Straps 

Stripes  and  colored  silk  similar  to  those  worn  on 
the  sleeve  of  the  coat.  The  crown,  star  or  rosette 
of  flag  officers  is  worn  in  the  center  of  the  broad  stripe. 
Medical  officers  have  a  gold  iEsculapius'  staff  in  ad- 
dition to  the  stripes. 

Warrant  Officers  of  the  Austro-Hungarian  Navy- 
wear  no  full  dress  or  cocked  hat.  On  occasions  when 
these  are  ordered  for  officers,  shoulder  straps  are  worn 
with  the  frock  coat. 

The  Chief  Petty  Officer  wears  a  frock  coat  and 
sword  similar  to  the  Warrant  Officer  and  his  uniform 


AUSTRIA-HUNGARY  169 

differs  only  in  the  distinguishing  marks  of  rank  and 
branch. 

For  Rank.  Gold  lace  stripes  worn  half  round  on 
the  outside  part  of  the  sleeve  of  the  monkey  jacket 
or  frock  coat  with  a  button  in  the  center  of  the  stripe. 

For  Chief  Warrant  Officers.  Three  stripes  |  inch 
broad  and  J  inch  apart. 

For  Warrant  Officers.  Two  stripes  J  inch  broad, 
J  inch  apart. 

For  Chief  Petty  Officers.     One  stripe  yg  inch  broad. 

For  Branch.  The  distinguishing  marks  are  worn  on 
the  left  arm  halfway  between  shoulder  and  elbow. 

Petty  Officers  and  Men.  The  distinguishing  marks 
for  rank  are  stars  on  the  corners  of  the  collar;  for 
branch,  badges  on  the  upper  half  of  the  left  sleeve. 


CHAPTER  XXVII 
JAPAN 

Army  Uniforms 

The  insignia  of  rank  of  the  officers  are  shown,  (1) 
by  the  broad  trimmings  on  the  kepi,  (2)  by  the  inter- 
lacings  on  the  sleeves,  (3)  by  the  style  of  the  collars, 
and  (4)  by  the  shoulder  straps. 

On  the  kepi  the  subalterns  and  the  officers  of  the 
rank  of  captain  have  four  single  cords  which  run  from 
the  rim  to  the  top.  The  staff  officers  have  four  double 
cords.     The  Generals  four  triple  cords. 

A  closer  distinction  of  the  ranks  is  furnished  by 
the  number  of  cords  forming  a  band  around  the  kepi, 
which  is  bound  at  the  top  by  one  cord  for  all  grades. 
This  cord  is  not  included  in  the  following  enumera- 
tion : 

Sergeant  Major.     No  cord. 

Lieutenant.     One  cord. 

First  Lieutenant.     Two  cords. 

Captain,  Cavalry  Captain.     Three  cords. 

Major.     Four  cords. 

Lieutenant  Colonel.     Five  cords. 

Colonel.     Six  cords. 

Major  General.    Seven  cords. 
170 


PLATE  XLI 

JAPANESE  ARMY 

Shoulder  Marks 


FIELD   MARSH^L 
OR  GEMERAL 


j:;»:;;;?»>^^^^>^^>;>^^::^^ 


LIEUTENANT 
GENERAL 


>>^>^:>h^^>>>>^^:>>^^^'>>>^^^>>$-^^^^^ 


^<^<i<;^<;<f<<^=fi^^^^<i<<^^ 


MAJOR    GENERAL 


COLONEL 


CAPTAIN 


mf^&s-^i^s^mmmm 


^'>^fc>S»%»>>^»v>iS?>^?'»>p>=>^^ 


LIEUT    COLONEL 


FIRST  LIEUTENANT 


MAJOR 


SECOND    LIEUTENANT 


mt^^^m^^m^m^ym   ^>m^^^^fp^ 


'  '^J^>>^^;f^>^y)^,^^^>^^^^ 


171 


172    MILITARY  AND   NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Lieutenant  General.     Eight  cords. 
Field  Marshal.     Nine  cords. 

Interlacing  on  Sleeves 

Sergeant  Major.     Wears  no  interlacing  or  braid. 

Lieutenant.     Wears  interlacing  of  one  cord. 

First  Lieutenant.     Wears  interlacing  of  two  cords. 

Captain,  Cavalry  Captain.  Wears  interlacing,  of 
three  cords. 

Major.     Wears  interlacing  of  four  cords. 

Lieutenant  Colonel.     Wears  interlacing  of  five  cords. 

Colonel.     Wears  interlacing  of  six  cords. 

Major  General.  Wears  interlacing  of  five  cords, 
with  a  bottom  edging. 

Lieutenant  General.  Wears  interlacing  of  six  cords, 
with  a  bottom  edging. 

Field  Marshal.  Wears  interlacing  of  seven  cords, 
with  a  bottom  edging. 

The  pattern  of  the  collar  is  of  four  different  kinds, 
namely,  (1)  for  color-sergeant,  (2)  for  subaltern  officers 
and  captains,  (3)  for  staff  officers  and  (4)  for  generals. 

Shoulder  straps  are  divided  into  three  different 
groups,  namely,  (1)  color  sergeants,  lieutenants  and 
captains,  (2)  for  staff  officers,  (3)  for  generals. 

The  shoulder  knots  for  dress  uniforms  of  general 
officers  are  broad  and  of  interlaced  gold  cord.  A 
field  marshal  or  general  has  on  the  shoulder  strap 
three  silver  stars;  lieutenant  general  two,  silver  stars; 
and  major  general,  one  silver  star.  The  shoulder 
knots  of  the  staff  officers  is  of  interlaced  gold  cord, 


JAPAN  173 

but  of  a  narrower  design.  A  colonel  has  on  the 
shoulder  strap  three  silver  stars;  lieutenant  colonel, 
two  silver  stars;  major,  one  silver  star.  The  shoulder 
knots  of  subaltern  officers  are  of  a  longer  and  narrower 
design  than  that  of  higher  ranking  officers.  A  captain 
has  on  his  shoulder  knot  three  silver  stars;  a  first 
lieutenant,  two  silver  stars;  a  second  lieutenant,  one 
silver  star;  and  a  sergeant  major,  no  star. 

The  insignia  of  rank  shown  on  the  shoulder  straps  is 
as  follows: 

General.  Three  gold  stars  mounted  on  a  gold 
shoulder  strap  with  red  edging. 

Lieut.  General.  Two  gold  stars  mounted  on  a  gold 
shoulder  strap  with  red  edging. 

Major  General.  One  gold  star  mounted  on  a  gold 
shoulder  strap  with  red  edging. 

Colonel.  Three  gold  stars  mounted  on  a  shoulder 
strap  with  three  red  and  four  gold  stripes. 

Lieut.  Colonel.  Two  gold  stars  mounted  on  a 
shoulder  strap  with  three  red  and  four  gold  stripes. 

Major.  One  gold  star  mounted  on  a  shoulder  strap 
with  three  red  and  four  gold  stripes. 

Captain.  Three  gold  stars  mounted  on  a  shoulder 
strap  with  two  wide  red  and  three  gold  stripes. 

First  Lieutenant.  Two  gold  stars  mounted  on  a 
shoulder  strap  with  two  wide  red  and  three  gold  stripes. 

Second  Lieutenant.  One  gold  star  mounted  on 
a  shoulder  strap  with  two  wide  red  and  three  gold 
stripes. 


174   MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION   BOOK 

Color  Distinction 
Pioneer.     Maroon. 
Transportation.     Light  blue. 
Veterinary.     Dark  green. 
Commissary.     Gray. 
Artillery.     Light  red. 
Cavalry.     Green  (olive). 
Infantry.     Yellow. 

Navy  Uniforms 
Japanese  Naval  Uniforms  are  very  similar  to  British, 
and  are  worn  on  similar  occasions. 

The  undress  coat,  corresponding  to  the  British 
Monkey  Jacket,  is  a  tunic  edged  with  black  braid,  the 
distinguishing  lace  being  also  of  black  braid. 

Generally  speaking,  where  in  British  devices  a 
i  crown  occurs,  a  cherry  blossom  occurs  in  the  corre- 
i      spending  Japanese  device. 

V        Engineer  Officers  wear  the  executive  curl  and  piu-ple 
cloth  between  the  stripes. 

Civil  Officers  wear  no  curl,  and  are  distinguished 
by  cloth  of  the  following  colors: 
Medical  Branch.     Red. 
Accountant  Branch.     White. 
Constructor  Branch.     Ship,  Engine:  Brown. 
Constructor  Branch.     Ordnance:  Maroon. 
Hydrographic  Branch.     Light  blue. 
*Musicians.     Indigo  blue. 
*Carpenters.     Green. 

*  Chief  Warrant  and  Warrant  Officers. 


PLATE  XLH 

JAPANESE  NAVY 

Shoulder  Strops.  Summer  DresS 


tIEUTENANT  COMMANDER 


LIEIUTENANT 


WARRANT  OFFICER  OF  CHIEF  WARRANT  OFFICER 

ENGIMEERS 


Insignia    of   Rank  on  Cuffs 


COMMANDER 


ADMIRAL  vice:    ADMIRAL        REAR  ADMIRAL  CAPTAIN  COMMANDER 


UEUT COMMANDER      LIEUTENANT      SUB  LIEUTENANT    SUB  LIEUTENANT       MIDSHFPMAN 
Utyi.v,UMMANuiLK  ISTCLASS  2»°  CLASS 

175 


176    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

The  distinguishing  colors  for  the  Engineering  and 
Civil  Branches  are  also  worn  round  the  cap-band. 

Lower  deck  ratings  are  distinguished  by  a  badge 
on  the  left  arm  of  which  the  peculiar  feature  is : 

Seamen.     Anchor. 

Musicians.     Lyre. 

Carpenters.     Axe. 

Engineroom  Ratings.     Double  Spanner. 

Sick  Berth  Ratings.     Forceps. 

Writers.     Writing  brush. 

Cooks.    Key. 

Naval  Reserve  (Mercantile  Marine) 

Executive  Officers  wear  stripes  of  half  the  width  of 
those  of  the  Imperial  Navy,  with  no  curl.  Engineer 
Officers  wear  the  same  with  purple  cloth. 


CHAPTER  XXVIII 
RUSSIA 

Army  Uniforms 

The  color  of  the  Russian  uniform  is  a  greenish 
yellow,  of  a  much  lighter  shade  than  that  worn  by 
most  armies  using  the  khaki  uniform.  Field  overcoats 
are  made  of  a  grayish  brown  material  extremely  thick 
and  heavy.  Coats  and  trousers  are  tight-fitting  and 
high  black  boots  are  worn  by  officers  and  men  of  all 
branches  of  the  service.    • 

Unhke  the  Navy,  the  insignia  of  rank  has  not  been 
changed  since  the  revolution,  the  old  shoulder  marks 
being  worn.  All  medals  and  decorations  are  worn 
on  the  service  uniforms  on  all  occasions. 

Navy  Uniforms 

The  insignia  of  rank  of  the  Russian  uniform  has 
been  changed  since  the  Revolution  to  correspond  with 
that  of  all  republican  countries.  Shoulder  straps 
which  were  formerly  worn  to  designate  rank  have  been 
aboHshed  and  ranks  are  now  shown  by  distinctive 
braid  worn  on  both  arms.  On  all  coats  the  braid 
encircles  the  sleeve,  except  the  great  coat  (overcoat), 

177 


MARSHAL 


PLATE  XLm 

RUSSIAN  ARMY 

Shoulder  Marks 


GEMERALOF 
ARMY  CORPS 


GENERAL OF 
A  DIVISION 


COLONEL 


GENERAL OF 
ABRIGADE 


LIEUT  COLONEL 


1 

1 

1 

MAJOR 


CAPTAIN 


.FIRST 
LIEUTENANT 


mum 


iiiiii 


SARGEANT 
MAJOR 


SECOND 
LIEUTENANT 


llllllll 


SARGEA.NT 


^ 


I 


CHIEF 
ADJUTANT 


CORPORAL 


^ 


ffl 


ADJUTANT 


SOLDIER 


PLATE  XLIV 

RUSSIAN  NAVY 
Insignia  of  Rank  on  Cuff 


a  ^  <}  1 

-Jp^     / 

-(o) 

— i 

Z=l 

-^ 

ADMIRAL 

CAPTAIN                          COMMANDER 

LIEUT 
COMMANDER 


LIEUTENANT 


SUB 
LIEUTENANT 


ff/c/e  be^iveen 
,-:rSfrif>€s 


Red  befrfeen 
.;  Stripes 


Lower 
Stripe  IS  White 


5HTAB-CAPTAIN 
(HYDROGRAPHER) 


LIEUT  COLONEL 
(CONSTRUCTOR) 


SURGEON 
(JUNIOR) 


179 


180    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

when  the  braid  is  only  sewn  on  the  outside  half  of  the 
sleeve. 

The  following  stripes  are  worn  by  Executive  Offi- 
cers and  corresponding  non-combatant  ranks: 

Admiral.  One  f-inch  stripe  with  curl,  two  1-inch 
stripes  below,  and  above  the  curl  three  5-pointed  stars. 

Vice  Admiral.  The  same  with  two  stars  instead  of 
three  stars. 

Rear  Admiral.  The  same  with  one  star  instead 
of  three  stars. 

Captain.  Three  f-inch  stripes,  the  upper  one  with 
curl. 

Commander.  Two  |-inch  stripes,  the  upper  one 
with  curl. 

Lieutenant  Commander.  One  f-inch  stripe  with 
curl  and  three  f-inch  stripes. 

Lieutenant.  One  f-inch  stripe  with  curl  and  two 
J-inch  stripes. 

Michman  (Lieut.,  junior  grade).'  One  f-inch  stripe 
with  curl,  with  one  f-inch  stripe. 

Gold  stripes  and  stars  (for  flag  rank)  are  worn  by 
executive  officers,  engineer  officers,  ''Admiralty"  offi- 
cers, and  hydrographers.  There  is  no  distinction 
between  executive  and  engineer  officers. 

Silver  stripes  and  stars  (for  flag  rank)  are  worn  by 
surgeons,  law  branch  officers,  and  constructors. 

Further  distinction  is  made  as  follows,  by  cloth 
sewn  beneath  the  lowest  stripe : 

Constructors.     Red. 

Law  Branch.     Mauve. 


RUSSIA  181 

Hydrographers.     Blue. 

Surgeons.     White. 

The  caps  worn  are  of  the  same  pattern  as  those  of 
the  British  Navy.  The  cap  badge  consists  of  embroid- 
dery  laurel  leaves  in  gold  with  foul  anchor  in  silver. 
Above  the  anchor  is  a  5-pointed  gold-embroidered 
star.  Officers  wearing  gold  stripes  have  gold  em- 
broidery and  a  silver  anchor;  other,  silver  embroidery 
and  a  gold  anchor. 


CHAPTER  XXIX 
BELGIUM 

Army  Uniforms 

At  the  beginning  of  the  war  the  Belgian  Army  was 
clothed  in  very  gaudy  and  conspicuous  uniforms. 
This  great  fault  was  soon  removed,  however,  after 
the  German  invasion. 

The  Belgian  winter  field  uniform  is  made  out  of 
woolen  cloth.  The  mounted  troops  and  those  who 
are  on  bicycle  wear  breeches  with  fawn  colored  leggins, 
while  the  infantry  wear  trousers  with  smaller  leggins. 

The  cut  of  the  uniform  is  practically  the  same  as 
the  one  of  the  English  uniform,  but  with  a  stiff  collar. 

Privates  and  N.C.O.  wear  a  leather  belt  with  six 
cartridge-boxes,  each  containing  3  loaders,  i.e.,  90 
cartridges. 

The  cap  has  the  same  shape  as  the  English  Army 
cap  and  bears  a  round  enameled  escutcheon  repre- 
senting the  Belgian  colors. 

In  surmner  time  they  wear  the  light  khaki  cotton 
uniform.  The  winter  blouse  bears  shoulder  straps 
on  which  numbers  and  special  insignia  are  embroidered. 

Collar  and  shoulder  straps  bear  collar  facings  and 
pipings   of  various   colors   as   well   as   numbers   and 

182 


BELGIUM  183 

other  insignia  by  which  one  can  distinguish  corps  and 
regiments. 

The  metalUc  insignia  are:  gold  for  the  commis- 
sioned officers,  silver  for  the  non-commissioned  officers, 
bronze  for  privates. 

The  different  insignia  of  the  various  corps  is  as 
follows : 

(1)  Infantry.  Red  vermiHon  collar  facing;  Arabic 
number  in  metal  on  the  cap  and  embroidered  in  red 
on  the  shoulder  straps.     Blue  piping. 

(2)  Cavalry.  Guides.  Amaranth  collar  facing;  Ara- 
bic number  in  metal  with  a  royal  crown  on  the  cap 
and  embroidered  in  amaranth  on  the  shoulder  straps. 
Green  piping. 

Lancers.  White  collar  facing;  Arabic  number  in 
metal  on  the  cap  and  embroidered  on  the  shoulder 
straps.     Blue  piping. 

Chasseurs.  Yellow  collar  facing;  Arabic  number 
in  metal  on  the  cap  and  embroidered  on  the  shoulder 
straps.     Blue  piping. 

(3)  Artillery.  Blue-black  collar  facing;  Roman 
number  in  metal  (showing  the  corps)  on  the  cap  and 
embroidered  in  red  on  the  shoulder  straps.  Red 
piping. 

(4)  Engineers  (pontonniers,  aerostation,  etc.).  Black 
collar  facifig;  Roman  helmet  in  metal  on  the  cap  and 
on  the  collar.     Red  piping. 

(5)  Army  Service  Corps.  Blue  collar  facing;  Roman 
number  in  metal  (showing  the  corps)  on  the  cap. 
Blue  piping. 


184    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

(6)  Medical  Corps.  Physicians,  surgeons.  Red 
Amaranth  velvet  collar  facing;  caduceus  in  metal  on 
the  cap  and  on  the  collar  facing.     Blue  piping. 

Veterinary  Surgeons.  Blue  velvet  collar  facings; 
caduceus  in  metal  on  the  cap  and  on  the  collar  facing. 

Chemists.  Green  velvet  collar  facing;  caduceus  in 
metal  on  the  cap  and  on  the  collar  facing. 

(7)  Administrative  Corps.  Commissariats,  tresi-riers 
etc.  Blue  collar  facing;  two  letters  S.  and  A,  inter- 
laced on  the  collar  and  on  the  cap.  Roman  num- 
ber (showing  the  corps)  on  the  shoulder  straps.  Blue 
piping. 

(8)  Gendarmerie.  Still  wear  the  old  uniform,  i.e., 
blouse  and  trousers  or  breeches  in  black  cloth.  Red 
collar  facing  bearing  a  grenade  (officers)  and  a  silver 
button  (troops).  Stifif  cap  in  black  cloth  with  grenade 
and  an  escutcheon  representing  the  Belgian  colors. 


PLATE  XLV 

BELGIAN  ARMY 
Insignia  of  Rank  on  Collat 


m<::^  s^ 


m 


m 


LIEUT.  GENERAL 


M/^JOR 
GEriER^L 


COLONEL 


LIEUT.  .COLON  EL 


M^JOR 


CAPTAIN 
COMMANDANT 


^  ijl 


CAPTAIN 
2'^D  CLASS 


FIRST 
LIEUTENANT 


r-^.^ 


tf 


%5 


SECOND 
LIEUTENANT 


ADJUTANT 


185 


186    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 


BADGES  OF  RANK 
Officers 


On  Kaoh  Side  of  Collar  of 

Rank. 

Service  Jacket.* 

On  Cap. 

Lieutenant 

2    vertical    gold    lace 

2    vertical     gold     lace 

General 

stripes,  3  gold   stars, 

stripes  on  each  side  of 

gold  thunderbolt. 

gold  thunderbolt. 

Major  Gen- 

2    vertical     gold     lace 

2     vertical     gold     lace 

eral 

stripes,  2  gold   stars, 

stripes  on  each  side  of 

gold  thunderbolt. 

gold  thunderbolt. 

Colonel 

1  vertical  gold  lace  stripe, 

1  vertical  gold  lace  stripe 

3  gold  stars. 

on  each  side  of  gold 
regimental  number  or 
general  staff  badge. 

Lieutenant 

1  vertical  gold  lace  stripe, 

1  vertical  gold  lace  stripe 

Colonel 

2  gold  stars. 

on  each  side  of  gold 
regimental  number  or 
general  staff  badge. 

Major 

1  vertical  goldlacestripe, 

1  vertical  gold  lace  stripe 

1  gold  star. 

on  each  side  of  gold 
regimental  number  or 
general  staff  badge. 

Captain 

3  gold  stars. 

1  vertical  gold  lace  stripe 

Com- 

on  each   side  of  gold 

mandant 

regimental  niunber  or 
general  staff  badge. 

Captain 

2  gold  stars  and  1  silver 
star. 

None. 

Lieutenant 

2  gold  stars. 

None. 

2d  Lieuten- 

1 gold  star. 

None. 

ant. 

' 

*  The  same  badges  of  rank  are  worn  on  the  great  coat. 

t  The  thunderbolt,  not  shown  in  figures,  is  on  the  right  of  the  stars. 


BELGIUM  187 

NON-COMMISSIQNED  OFFICERS 

Warrant  Officer.    One  silver  star  on  collar. 

Color  Sergeant  Major.  Three  rings  or  stripes  of  narrow 
dark  brown  braiding  around  cuff. 

Sergeant  Major.  Two  rings  or  stripes  of  narrow  dark  brown 
braid  around  cuff  and  2  stripes  of  same  material  above  elbow. 

First  Sergeant.  Two  rings  or  stripes  of  narrow  dark  brown 
braid  around  cuff. 

Quartermaster  Sergeant.  One  ring  or  stripe  of  narrow  dark 
brown  braiding  around  cuff  and  1  stripe  of  same  material  above 
elbow. 

Sergeant.  One  ring  or  stripe  of  narrow  dark  brown  braiding 
on  arm  below  elbow. 

Corporal.  One  ring  or  stripe  of  broad  dark  brown  or  white 
braid  on  arm  below  elbow. 

There  are  also  other  insignia  in  metal  for  special  corps  like 
aviators,  cyclists,  bomb  throwers,  postal  service,  naval  pon- 
tonniers,  etc. 

The  winter  cloak  is  very  ample  for  the  cavalry  and  artillery 
and  shorter  fgr  the  infantry. 

Navy 
Belgium  has  no  Navy. 


CHAPTER  XXX 
TURKEY 

r-  Army  Uniforms 

With  the  exception  of  the  red  or  black  fez  as  a 
head-gear,  which  in  the  field  is  protected  by  covering 
of  material  of  the  same  color  as  the  uniform,  the 
uniform  of  the  Turkish  Army  is  practically  the  same 
in  cut,  color,  trimmings,  etc.,  as  that  of  the  German 
field  service  uniform.  Medals  and  decorations  are 
worn  at  all  times. 

Navy  Uniforms 

The  Turkish  Navy  is  manned  partly  by  German 
;     officers  and  men.     The  insignia  of  rank  is  similar  to 
\  that  of  the  British  Navy. 

Admiral  of  the  Fleet.  Four  small  stripes  above  1 
broad  stripe,  the  top  stripe  forming  a  curl. 

Admiral.  Three  small  stripes  above  1  broad  stripe, 
the  top  stripe  forming  a  curl. 

Vice  Admiral.  Two  small  stripes  above  1  broad 
stripe,  the  top  stripe  forming  a  curl. 

Rear-Admiral.  One  small  stripe  above  1  broad 
stripe,  the  top  stripe  forming  a  curl. 

Commodore.  Broad  stripe  with  circle  denoting  curl, 
above. 

188 


TURKEY  189 

Captain.  Four  narrow  stripes,  the  top  stripe  form- 
ing a  curl. 

Lieut.  Captain.  Same  as  Captain  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  stripe  next  to  the  top  stripe,  which  is  one- 
half  the  width  of  the  other  3  stripes. 

Commander.  Three  narrow  stripes,  top  stripe 
forming  a  curl. 

Lieut.  Commander.  Same  as  Commander  with  the 
exception  of  the  middle  stripe,  which  is  one-half  the 
width  of  the  other  stripes. 

Lieutenant.  Two  narrow  stripes,  the  top  stripe 
forming  a  curl. 

Sub-Lieutenant.     One  narrow  stripe  with  curl. 

Other  branches  of  the  service  wear  no  curl,  but 
are  distinguished  by  colors  between  the  stripes  as 
follows:  Doctors,  crimson;  Engineers,  scarlet;  Con- 
structors, blue;  Paymasters,  white, 


CHAPTER  XXXI 
SERBIA 

Army  Uniforms 

In  the  reorganization  of  the  Serbian  Army,  under 
the  French  and  ItaHan  direction,  at  the  beginning 
of  the  war,  a  grayish-brown  colored  uniform  of  a 
cut  similar  to  that  of  the  French  Army  was  adopted, 
with  shrapnel-helmets  as  a  head-gear. 

Navy 
Serbia  has  no  Navy. 

MONTENEGRO 

Army  Uniforms 

The  Montenegro  Army  wears  the  field  service  uni- 
form following  the  Italian  uniform  in  cut,  but  the 
Russian  uniform  in  color,  trimmings,  and  equipment. 
The  native,  little  round  cap  of  the  corresponding 
color  to  the  rest  of  the  uniform  is  worn. 

Navy 

Montenegro  has  no  Navy. 
190 


GENERAL 


MAJOR 


1ST 

LIEUTENKNT 


PLATE  XLVI 

SERBIAN  ARMY 
Shoulder  Marks 


COLONEL 


i 

i 

i 

CKPTMN 
|STCL^SS 


2ND 

LIEUTENANT 


LIEUT. 
COLONEL 


GAPTMN 
2^°  CLASS 


:it: 


SERGE^^^T 

MAJOR 


AM^ 


I 


'k 


SERGEANT 


■fe 


CORPORAL 


3 


SOLDIER 


192    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

RUMANIA 

Army  Uniforms 

The  Rumanian  Army  wears  a  field  service  uni- 
form of  a  light  shade  of  khaki,  similar  to  that  of 
Russia.  The  colors  of  the  trimmings,  insignia  of 
rank,  etc.,  are  retained  from  the  old  distinctive  uni- 
forms. 

PORTUGAL 

Army  Uniforms 

The  Portuguese  Army  wears  a  field  uniform  light 
gray  in  color,  of  a  pattern  similar  to  that  of  the  French 
Army.     The  cap  is  of  a  distinctly  British  type. 

BULGARIA 

Army  Uniforms 

The  Bulgarian  field  service  uniform  is  similar  to 
that  of  the  Russian  in  material,  cut,  and  equipment. 
This  similarity  was  so  pronounced  previous  to  the 
present  war  that  unless  one  was  familiar  with  minor 
details,  it  was  almost  impossible  to  distinguish  them. 

Navy 
Bulgaria  has  no  Navy. 


CHAPTER  XXXII 
UNITED  STATES  WAR  MEDALS 

The  custom  of  decorating  those  who  have  dis- 
tinguished themselves  by  deeds  of  valor,  with  badges 
or  medals  designed  for  that  purpose,  goes  back  a 
number  of  centuries,  but,  until  comparatively  recent 
times,  these  decorations  were  usually  bestowed  upon 
those  of  high  rank,  the  common  soldier  receiving 
but  little  recognition. 

In  our  own  country  medals  were  awarded  by  the 
government  for  victories  on  land  and  sea,  from  the 
Revolution  to  the  Civil  War.  These  were  not  intended 
to  be  worn.  They  were  usually  of  large  size,  the 
commanding  officers  received  them  in  gold,  and  they 
were  given  to  subordinate  officers  in  silver. 

By  an  act  of  Congress,  approved  December  21,  1861, 
the  United  States  Government  established  its  first 
decoration : 

The  Navy  Medal  of  Honor 

This  medal  was  formerly  given  to  non-commissioned 
officers  and  enlisted  men  only,  for  deeds  of  extraor- 
dinary bravery. 

The  award  of  the  Navy  Medal  of  Honor  to  com- 
missioned officers  of   the   Navy,   Marine  Corps  and 

193 


194    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Coast  Guard  was  authorized  by  an  act  of  Congress, 
March  3,  1915. 

It  consists  of  a  five-pointed  star  of  bronze,  54  mm. 
in  diameter,  each  point  containing  a  branch  of  oak 
and  laurel,  and  terminating  in  a  trefoil.  In  the  center, 
encircled  by  thirty-four  stars,  America,  personified  as 
Minerva,  her  helmet  bearing  an  eagle,  stands  with 
her  left  hand  supporting  fasces,  and  her  right  holding 
the  United  States  shield,  with  which  she  repulses 
Discord,  who  holds  two  serpents  in  each  hand;  below, 
in  very  small  letters,  Paquet  F.  On  the  reverse  is 
engraved  the  name,  rank,  and  ship  of  the  recipient 
and  the  place  and  date  of  the  deed  for  which  the 
medal  is  given,  preceded  by  the  words,  ''Personal 
Valor." 

The  star  is  attached  by  an  anchor  to  an  open  clasp 
of  fasces,  bearing  a  five-pointed  star  in  the  center, 
suspended  by  a  ribbon  one  inch  wide,  which  is  a 
variation  of  the  American  flag,  consisting  of  a  plain 
blue  field  of  the  entire  width  of  the  ribbon,  and  thir- 
teen red  and  white  stripes,  from  a  clasp  pin,  similar 
to  the  lower  clasp  but  without  the  star. 

On  August  12,  1913,  an  order  was  issued  by  the 
Secretary  of  Navy,  making  changes  in  the  ribbons  of 
a  number  of  medals,  so  that  they  would  be  the  same  as 
those  worn  by  the  army  for  similar  service.  This 
order  changed  the  ribbon  to  a  light  blue  silk,  bearing 
thirteen  white  stars,  the  ribbon  worn  around  the 
neck  being  of  the  same  color,  but  without  white  stars. 
The  Medal  of  Honor  is  worn  pendant  from  the  neck. 


UNITED  STATES  WAR  MEDALS  195 

The  Army  Medal  of  Honor 

This  medal,  the  new  design  of  which  was  author- 
ized by  Act  of  Congress  approved  April  23,  1904,  is 
made  of  silver,  heavily  electroplated  in  gold,  this 
departure  from  the  use  of  the  gun  metal  being  neces- 
sary, as  the  base  metals  would  not  carry  enameling. 
The  chief  feature  of  the  old  medal,  the  five-pointed 
star,  has  been  retained,  and  in  its  center  appears  the 
head  of  the  heroic  Minerva,  the  highest  symbol  of 
wisdom  and  righteous  war.  Surrounding  this  central 
feature  in  circular  form  are  the  words  United  States 
of  America  representing  nationality.  An  open  laurel 
wreath,  enameled  in  green,  encircles  the  star,  and 
the  oak  leaves  at  the  bases  of  the  prongs  of  the  star 
are  likewise  enameled  in  green  to  give  them  prom- 
inence. 

The  medal  is  suspended  from  a  blue  silk  ribbon, 
spangled  with  thirteen  white  stars,  representing  the 
original  states,  and  this  ribbon  is  attached  to  an 
eagle  supported  upon  a  horizontal  bar.  Upon  the 
bar,  which  is  attached  to  two  points  of  the  star,  ap- 
pears the  word  Valor,  indicative  of  the  distinguished 
service  represented  by  the  medal.  The  reverse  of 
this  bar  is  engraved  with  the  words  the  Congress  to 

The  reverse  side  of  the  medal  is  engraved  with  the 
name  of  the  person  honored  and  the  place  and  date  of 
the  distinguished  service  for  which  awarded.  The 
medal  may  be  suspended  from  the  neck  or  attached 
by  pin  upon  the  left  breast.     The  rosette  is  hexagonal 


196    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

in  form  and  spangled  with  thirteen  white  stars,  and 
is  identical  in  color  with  the  ribbon. 

Formerly  it  was  a  five-pointed  star  of  bronze,  struck 
from  the  same  die  as  the  Navy  medal,  attached  to  a 
clasp  consisting  of  an  eagle  with  wings  spread  resting 
on  two  crossed  cannons,  below  which  are  eight  cannon 
balls,  and  suspended,  by  a  ribbon  similar  to  the  ribbon 
on  the  Navy  medal,  from  a  clasp  pin  bearing  the 
United  States  shield  in  the  center,  a  laurel  branch 
and  a  cornucopia  filled  with  fruit  on  each  side. 

The  reverse  of  the  star  is  engraved  with  the  name 
and  rank  of  the  recipient,  the  company  and  regiment 
to  which  he  belonged,  and  the  place  and  date  of  the 
act  for  which  the  medal  is  given.  When  the  medal 
is  given  on  other  grounds  than  an  act  of  gallantry 
at  some  particular  time  and  place,  this  last  is  left  off, 
but  in  all  cases  the  words  The  Congress  to  precede 
the  name  of  the  recipient.  The  medal  is  therefore 
known  as  the  Congressional  Medal  of  Honor. 

Navy  Good  Conduct  Medal 

The  medal  is  of  bronze,  size  32  mm.  In  the  center, 
encircled  by  a  rope,  a  full  rigged  ship,  sailing  to  the 
right,  below  the  word  Constitution,  the  whole  resting 
upon  an  anchor,  the  stock  of  which  appears  above 
and  the  flukes  below,  the  chain  forms  a  circle  around 
the  edge,  between  the  rope  and  the  chain  are  the 
words  United  States  and  on  the  lower  part  of  the 
anchor  the  word  Navy. 


UNITED  STATES  WAR  MEDALS  197 

Reverse,  a  plain  field  encircled  by  the  legend 
Fidelity — ^Zeal — Obedience.  In  the  center  are  en- 
graved the  letters  c.  s.  c.  for  Continous  Service 
Certificate,  the  number  of  the  certificate,  the  name 
of  the  recipient,  ship  on  which  he  last  served  and  the 
date  of  the  expiration  of  the  enlistment. 

The  medal  is  attached  to  a  plain  open  clasp,  and 
suspended  by  a  red  ribbon. 

The  additional  clasps  are  plain  with  round  ends, 
and  rope  around  the  edge,  engraved  with  the  name 
of  the  vessel.  On  the  reverse  the  number,  which 
corresponds  with  the  number  on  the  medal,  and  the 
date  of  the  expiration  of  the  enlistment  for  which  the 
bar  is  given. 

Marine  Corps  Good  Conduct  Medal 

Authorized  in  1896. 

Obverse.  In  the  center  encircled  by  a  rope,  a 
gunner  standing  behind  a  gun,  below,  a  scroll  bearing 
the  inscription  Semper  Fidelis.  The  whole  resting 
upon  an  anchor,  the  stock  of  which  appears  above, 
slightly  to  the  left,  and  the  flukes  below,  slightly  to 
the  right,  the  chain  forming  a  circle  around  the  edge, 
between  the  rope  and  the  chain,  the  inscription  United 
States  Marine  Corps. 

Reverse.  Legend  Fidelity  Zeal  Obedience  encircling 
a  plain  field  on  which  is  engraved  the  number,  name 
of  the  recipient,  the  words  First  Enlistment,  the  year 
in  which  the  enlistment  began,  and  the  year  in  which 
it  ended. 


198    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Bronze,  size  33  mm.,  attached  to  a  clasp  in  the 
shape  of  a  musket,  and  suspended  by  a  red  ribbon 
with  a  narrow  blue  stripe  in  the  center,  from  a  pin 
edged  with  rope  and  inscribed  U.  S.  Marine  Corps. 

The  additional  bars  are  similar  to  the  pin,  engraved 
2nd  Enlistment,  3rd  Enlistment,  etc.,  with  the  num- 
ber corresponding  to  the  number  on  the  medal,  and 
the  years  of  the  beginning  and  end  of  the  enhstment. 

Medal  for  the  Battle  of  Manila  Bay 

Bust  of  Commodore  Dewey  in  uniform,  facing  right. 
On  truncation  of  bust,  in  very  small  letters,  D.  C. 
French,  1898.  In  field,  to  right,  an  anchor  resting 
on  a  laurel  wreath  with  star  below.  Inscription  in 
field  in  ten  lines,  nine  of  which  are  separated  by  the 
bust.  The  Gift — of  the — ^people  of  the — United  States 
— to  the  officers — and  men  of  the — ^Asiatic  Squadron — 
imder  the  command — of  Commodore — George  Dewey. 

Reverse.  A  half-nude  gunner  seated  upon  a  gun, 
holding  a  flag  horizontally  across  his  lap,  below  a 
tablet  on  which  is  stamped  the  name  of  one  of  the 
following  ships:  U.  S.  S.  Olympia,  U.  S.  S.  Boston, 
U.  S.  S.  Baltimore,  U.  S.  S.  Concord,  U.  S.  S.  Petrel, 
U.  S.  S.  Raleigh,  U.  S.  R.  C.  McCullough.  Legend, 
In  .  Memory  .  of  .  the  .  Victory  .  of  .  Manila  .  Bay  . 
May  1,  1898.  Name  and  rank  of  recipient  stamped 
on  the  edge. 

Bronze,  size  46  mm.  Attached  by  two  rings  and 
one  link,  to  a  clasp  pin,  bearing  in  the  center  an  eagle 
with  wings  spread,  resting  on  conventionahzed  waves; 


PLATE  XLVn 
UNITED  STATES  NAVY 
Medals  and  Decorations 


MEDAL  OF  HONOR 


MARINE  CORPS 
GOODCONDUCTi 


NAVY 

GOOD  CONDUCT 

MEDAL 


CIVIL  WAR  WfSTIN01£S  WEST  INDIES 

CAMPAIGN        MEOArFOR'^SPECIALLy    NAVAL  CAMPAIGN 
BADGE  MERITOUOUS  SERVICE  BADGE 


CHINA  NICAURAGUAN 

SPANISH     RELIEF  EXPEDITION  CAMPAIGN  CUBAN  PHILIPPINE 

CAMPAIGN    CAMPAIGN  BADGE      BADGE  PACIFICATION       CAMPAIGN 


200    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

to  right,  the  hilt  of  a  cross-handled  sword,  and  to  the 
left  an  olive  branch;  at  each  end  half  of  a  wheel;  the 
ribbon  which  is  attached  to  the  pin  is  1|  inches  wide, 
of  three  stripes,  blue,  yellow,  and  blue,  the  center 
stripe  twice  the  width  of  the  others. 

West  Indies  Naval  Campaign  Medal 

Bust  of  Admiral  Sampson  in  uniform,  facing  left. 
Legend,  U.  S.  Naval  Campaign  .  West  Indies  1898. 
In  field  to  left,  in  three  lines,  William  T.  Sampson, 
to  right,  in  three  hnes.  Commander  in  Chief. 

Reverse.  Officer,  gunner,  and  marine  on  deck  of 
battleship,  in  action;  below,  tablet  bearing  the  name 
of  engagement  for  which  the  medal  is  given,  and 
below  that,  the  month  and  day. 

The  medal  is  of  bronze,  size  38  nma.,  suspended  by 
a  watered  silk  ribbon  of  three  equal  stripes,  red, 
blue,  and  red,  from  an  oblong  clasp  pin,  edged  with 
rope,  inscribed  with  the  name  of  the  vessel. 

West  Indies  Naval  Campaign  Medal  for  Specially 
Meritorious  Service 

Cross  patte,  in  the  center  a  medallion  bearing  an 
anchor  encircled  by  a  wreath  of  oak  and  laurel.  Le- 
gend, U.  S.  Naval .  Campaign  .  West .  Indies  .  The 
four  arms  inscribed  Specially  Meritorious  Service .  1898. 

On  the  plain  reverse  is  engraved  the  name  of  the 
recipient,  service  for  which  given  and  date.  Bronze, 
diameter  of  cross,  32  mm.    Ribbon,  watered  silk,  red. 


UNITED  STATES  WAR  MEDALS  201 

The  issue  of  this  medal  is  authorized  in  the  Reso- 
lution of  Congress  (Pubhc  Resolution,  No.  17)  pro- 
viding for  the  West  Indies  Campaign  Medal,  to  be 
given  to  the  "officers  and  men  of  the  Navy  and  Marine 
Corps  who  rendered  specially  meritorious  service  other- 
wise than  in  battle,'^  such  as  the  rescue  of  the  crews 
from  the  burning  Spanish  ships  that  were  destroyed 
on  July  3  off  Santiago,  Cuba;  the  sinking  of  the 
Merrimac  in  the  channel  of  Santiago  Harbor  by  Naval 
Constructor  Hobson  and  the  men  with  him;  skirting 
Santiago  Harbor  and  locating  the  exact  position  of 
the  Spanish  fleet  by  Lieutenant  Victor  Blue,  and  other 
deeds  of  like  character. 

Philippine  Congressional  Medal 

Obverse.  Three  soldiers  marching  to  left,  the 
one  in  the  center  bearing  an  American  flag.  Legend, 
Philippine  Insurrection  1899. 

Reverse.  Inscription  in  five  lines  for  Patriotism 
Fortitude  and  Loyalty  encircled  by  a  wreath  composed 
of  a  branch  of  palm  and  a  branch  of  pine.  Bronze, 
size,  33  mm.    Numbered  on  edge. 

Ribbon  1|  inches  wide,  stripe  of  blue  f  inch  in  center, 
flanked  on  each  side  by  four  narrow  stripes,  white, 
red,  white,  and  blue. 

Certificate  of  Merit  Badge 

Obverse.  A  Roman  war  eagle  facing  with  head 
turned  to  left  and  wings  partially  extended.  Legend, 
Virtutis  et  Audacae  Monumentum  et  Praemium. 


202    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Reverse.  An  oak  wreath  enclosing  the  words  for 
merit,  above,  United  States  Army,  below,  thirteen  stars. 
Bronze,  33  mm.     Numbered  on  edge. 

Ribbon,  IJ  inches  wide,  very  narrow  white  stripe 
in  center  flanked  on  each  side  by  three  stripes,  red, 
white,  and  blue. 

These  badges  were  issued  by  order  of  the  President 
to  be  given  to  each  officer  and  enlisted  man  in  the 
service  who  has  received  a  Certificate  of  Merit.  The 
authorization  was  published  in  General  Orders  No.  4, 
of  the  War  Department,  dated  January  11,  1905. 

Campaign  Badges — Army 
Civil  War 

Draped  bust  of  Lincoln  facing  three-quarters  to  the 
right.  Legend,  with  malice  toward  none  with  charity 
for  all. 

Reverse.  Inscription  in  three  lines.  The  Civil  War 
1861-1865.  Encircled  by  a  wreath  of  oak  and  laurel. 
Bronze,  size  33  mm. 

These,  and  all  other  campaign  badges,  are  numbered 
on  the  edge. 

First  ribbon.  Narrow  white  stripe  in  center, 
flanked  by  three  stripes,  blue,  white,  and  red. 

Second  ribbon.     Two  equal  stripes,  blue  and  gray. 

Indian  Wars 

Indian  in  war  bonnet,  on  horseback,  facing  right, 
spear  in  right  hand,  above,  Indian  Wars,  below,  wreath 


PLATE  XLVm 

UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
Medals  and  Decorations 


MEDAL  OF 


CIVIL  WAR 

CAMPAIGN 

BADGE 


HONOR 


PHILIPPINE 

INSURRECTION 

ARMY  CAMPAIGN 

BADGE 


CERTIFICATE 

PHILIPPINE 

ARMY  OF 

ARMY  OF 

OF  MERIT 

CONGRESSIONAL 

CUBAN 

CUBAN 

BADGE 

MEDAL 

OCCUPATION 

PACIFICATION 

WAR  WITH  SPAIN 

ARMY  CAMPAIGN 
BADGE 


INDIAN   WAR 

CAMPAIGN 

BADGE 


CHINA  RELIEF 

EXPEDITION 

CAMPAIGN    BADGE 


204   MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

composed  of  spearheads  about  two-thirds  around  the 
edge,  united  in  the  center  by  the  skull  of  a  bull. 

Reverse.  An  eagle  with  wings  spread,  perched  on  a 
military  trophy  consisting  of  a  cannon,  six  rifles,  and 
four  standards,  an  Indian  shield,  quiver  of  arrows  and 
three  spears,  a  Cuban  machete,  and  a  Sulu  kris. 
Above,  United  States  Army,  below,  in  two  Hnes, 
for  Service,  and  below  that,  thirteen  stars.  Bronze, 
size  33  mm. 

Kibbon.  Red  with  narrow  borders  of  slightly  darker 
red. 

War  with  Spain 

Castle  with  two  small  round  towers  at  corners, 
said  to  be  a  modification  of  the  castle  that  appears 
on  the  Royal  Arms  of  Spain,  the  round  towers  pos- 
sibly referring  to  the  two  Morro  Castles,  at  Havana 
and  Santiago  de  Cuba;  above.  War  with  Spain 
below,  1898,  to  right  and  left,  separating  the  legend 
and  date,  a  branch  of  the  tobacco  plant  and  a  stalk 
of  sugar  cane. 

Reverse  as  last.    Bronze,  size  33  mm. 

First  ribbon.  Wide  stripe  of  yellow  in  center,  on 
each  side  a  stripe  of  red  bordered  by  a  narrow  stripe 
of  blue. 

Second  ribbon.  In  center,  three  equal  stripes, 
blue,  yellow,  and  blue,  bordered  by  narrow  stripe  of 
yellow. 


UNITED  STATES  WAR  MEDALS  205 

Philippine  Insurrection 

Cocoanut  palm  tree  bearing  fruit.  In  field  to  right, 
scales;  to  left,  Roman  lamp.  Legend,  Philippine 
Insurrection  1899. 

Reverse  as  last.     Bronze,  size  33  mm. 

Ribbon.  Broad  stripe  of  blue  in  center,  stripe  of 
red  on  each  side  and  narrow  border  of  blue. 

China  Relief  Expedition 

Imperial,  five-toed  dragon,  facing.  Legend,  China 
ReUef  Expedition— 1900-1901. 

Reverse  as  last.     Bronze,  size  33  mm. 
Ribbon.     Yellow,  with  narrow  blue  borders. 

Army  of  Cuban  Pacification 

Shield  bearing  the  arms  of  Cuba,  resting  on  fasces, 
surmounted  by  a  Hberty  cap  bearing  a  single  star, 
branch  of  oak  and  laurel  below,  on  each  side  a  soldier 
in  the  service  uniform  of  the  United  States  Army, 
rifle  at  parade  rest;  above,  in  two  lines,  Cuban  Paci- 
fication, below,  1906-1909. 

Reverse  as  last.     Bronze,  size  33  mm. 

Ribbon.  Wide  olive  stripe  in  center,  flanked  by 
narrow  stripes  of  blue,  white,  and  red. 

Army  of  Cuban  Occupation 

Shield  bearing  the  arms  of  Cuba  resting  on  a  fasces 
surmounted  by  a  liberty  cap  on  which  is  a  single 
star,  to  right  and  left,  branches  of  oak  and  laurel; 


206    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

above,  the  dates  1898-1902,  below,  ornament  con- 
sisting of  a  dot  and  two  spearheads.  Legend,  Army 
of  Occupation  Military  Government  of  Cuba. 

Reverse  as  last.    Bronze,  size  33  mm. 

Ribbon,  three  equal  stripes,  red,  blue  and  red, 
separated  by  narrow  stripes  of  yellow,  and  a  narrow 
stripe  of  blue  on  each  edge. 

Campaign  Badges — Navy  and  Marine  Corps 
Civil  War — Navy 

Representation  of  the  conflict  between  the  Monitor 
and  Merrimac.     Legend,  The  Civil  War,  1861-1865. 

Reverse.  Eagle  with  wings  spread  resting  on  an 
anchor,  below,  in  two  lines,  For  Service,  and  below 
that,  branches  of  oak  and  laurel  joined  by  a  ribbon. 
Legend,  United  States  Navy.     Bronze,  size  33  mm. 

First  ribbon.  Watered  silk,  equal  stripes  of  blue  and 
gray. 

Second  ribbon.    Plain  silk,  same  colors. 

Civil  War — Marine  Corps 

The  same  as  for  the  Navy,  except  the  legend  on 
the  reverse,  United  States  Marine  Corps. 

All  of  the  following  were  issued  for  the  two  branches 
of  the  service,  the  respective  obverses  being  from  the 
same  dies,  and  the  reverses  differing  only  in  legend — 
United  States  Navy  or  United  States  Marine  Corps. 


UNITED  STATES  WAR  MEDALS  207 

West  Indies  Campaign 

View  of  Morro  Castle,  Harbor  of  Havana.  Legend, 
West  Indies  Campaign  1898. 

Reverse  as  last.     Bronze,  size  33  mm. 

First  ribbon.  Watered  silk,  yellow  with  red  stripe 
with  one-eighth  of  an  inch  from  each  edge. 

Second  ribbon.  Plain  silk,  in  center  three  equal 
stripes,  blue,  yellow  and  blue,  bordered  by  narrow 
stripe  of  yellow. 

*,       ,        Spanish  Campaign 

The  same  as  the  West  Indies  Campaign,  except  the 
legend  on  the  obverse,  which  reads  Spanish  Cam- 
paign 1898.  Navy,  obverse,  first  ribbon.  Marine 
Corps,  obverse,  second  ribbon. 

Philippine  Campaign 

View  of  the  gate  to  the  old  walled  city  of  Manila. 
Legend,  Philippine  Campaign,  1899-1903.  The  dates 
and  inscription  being  separated  by  palm  branches. 

Reverse  as  last.     Bronze,  size  33  mm. 

First  ribbon.  Watered  silk,  three  equal  stripes, 
red,  yellow,  and  red. 

Second  ribbon.  Plain  silk,  broad  stripe  of  blue  in 
center,  stripe  of  red  on  each  side  and  narrow  border 
of  blue.    Marine  Corps  obverse. 


208    MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

China  Relief  Expedition 

Gate  to  the  Forbidden  City,  Peking,  dragon  in  the 
foreground.    Legend,  China  Relief  Expedition,  1900. 

Reverse  as  last. 

First  ribbon.  Watered  silk,  yellow  with  narrow 
black  stripe,  one-eighth  of  an  inch  from  edge.  Navy, 
obverse. 

Second  ribbon.  Plain  silk,  yellow  with  narrow  blue 
borders.    Marine  Corps,  obverse. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  Army  campaign  badges,  those 
of  the  Navy  and  Marine  Corps  were  authorized  by 
order  of  the  President. 

Cuban  Pacification 

Figure  representing  America,  with  sword  suspended 
from  girdle,  in  her  left  hand  an  American  flag,  her 
right  arm  extended,  offering  an  olive  branch  to  a 
Cuban,  tropical  scene  in  background,  dove  of  peace 
above.     Legend,  Cuban  Pacification,  1908. 

Reverse  as  last.     Bronze,  size  33  mm. 

Ribbon.  Plain  silk,  wide  olive  stripe  in  center, 
flanked  by  narrow  stripes  of  blue,  white,  and  red. 
Navy,  obverse.    Marine  Corps,  obverse. 


UNITED  STATES  WAR  MEDALS  209 

NiCARAGUAN  CAMPAIGN 

Tropical  scene  with  Mount  Momotombo  in  the 
middle  distance.  Legend,  Nicaraguan  Campaign,  1912. 
Branch  of  laurel  to  right  and  branch  of  oak  to  left 
of  date. 

Reverse  as  last.     Bronze,  size  33  mm. 

Ribbon.  Plain  silk,  broad  stripe  of  red  in  center, 
stripe  of  blue  on  each  side  and  narrow  red  borders. 
Navy,  obverse.    Marine  Corps,  obverse. 


CHAPTER  XXXIII 
RIBBONS  OF  MEDALS  AND  BADGES 

Nothing  is  more  puzzling  to  the  average  citizen 
than  these  Httle  ribbons. 

The  fact  is  that  each  Httle  ribbon  and  each  vertical 
stripe  of  color  therein  has  a  deep  and  honorable  signifi- 
cance. Every  If  inches  of  the  stripe  denotes  that  the 
bearer  is  the  possessor  of  a  medal  awarded  for  valor,  or 
the  possessor  of  a  badge  for  service  in  some  campaign. 

As  the  various  medals  are  too  cumbersome  to  wear  at 
all  times,  the  ribbons  of  the  medals  and  badges  are  author- 
ized to  be  worn  in  their  stead  with  prescribed  uniform. 

Medals  and  badges  are  worn  by  the  Officers  only 
on  the  full  dress  uniform  and  by  the  enlisted  men 
only  on  the  dress  uniform  on  occasions  of  ceremony. 

The  ribbons  of  medals  and  badges  are  worn  on  various 
other  uniforms  on  occasions  of  ceremonies  prescribed 
by  the  regulations  and  on  all  uniforms  in  time  of  war. 

Plates  49  and  50  show  the  colors  and  arrangement 
of  these  various  ribbons.* 

1.  Medal  of  Honor.  Navy  and  Army,  first  ribbon. 
This  ribbon  was  changed  in  1913  to  that  shown  in 
No.  3. 

*  Courtesy  of  the  American  Numismatic  Society,  from  whose 
monograph  "  United  States  War  Medals,"  by  B.  L.  Belden, 
these  are  reproduced. 

210 


RIBBONS  OF  MEDALS  AND  BADGES         211 

2.  Medal  of  Honor.     Army,  second  ribbon. 

3.  Medal  of  Honor.  Navy,  second  ribbon.  Army, 
third  ribbon. 

4.  Navy  Good  Conduct  Medal.     First  medal. 

5.  Navy  Good  Conduct  Medal.     Second  medal. 

6.  Marine  Corps  Good  Conduct  Medal. 

7.  Medal  for  the  Battle  of  Manila  Bay. 

8.  West  Indies  Naval  Campaign  Medal,  1898. 

9.  Medal  for  Specially  Meritorious  Service,  West 
Indies  Naval  Campaign,  1898. 

10.  Philippine  Congressional  Medal. 

11.  Certificate  of  Merit  Badge. 

12.  Campaign  Badge.     Civil  War,  Army,  first  ribbon. 

13.  Campaign  Badge,  Civil  War,  Army,  second  rib- 
bon ;  Navy  and  Marine  Corps,  second  ribbon. 

14.  Campaign  Badge.     Indian  Wars,  Army. 

15.  Campaign  Badge.  War  with  Spain,  Army,  first 
ribbon. 

16.  Campaign  Badge.  War  with  Spain,  Army,  sec- 
ond ribbon;  West  Indies  Campaign,  Navy  and  Marine 
Corps,  second  ribbon;  Spanish  Campaign,  Navy  and 
Marine  Corps,  second  ribbon. 

17=  Campaign  Badge.  PhiKppine  Insurrection,  Army; 
PhiUppine  Campaign,  Navy  and  Marine  Corps,  second 
ribbon. 

18.  Campaign  Badge.  China  ReHef  Expedition, 
Army;  China  Relief  Expedition,  Navy  and  Marine 
Corps,  second  ribbon. 

19.  Campaign  Badge.  Cuban  Pacification,  Army, 
Navy  and  Marine  Corps. 


PLATE  XLIX 

UNITED   STATES  WAR  MEDAL  RIBBONS 


i?12 


PLATE  L 

UNITED  STATES  WAR  MEDAL  RIBBONS 


Campaign     Badge.       Philippine 
Insurrection,  Army;  Philippine 
Campaign,  Navy  and   Marine 
Corps — Second  Ribbon 

1 

61 


T3  a 
d  o 

W5 


213 


214   MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

20.  Campaign  Badge.     Cuban  Occupation,  Army. 

21.  Campaign  Badge.  Civil  War,  Navy  and  Marine 
Corps,  first  ribbon. 

22.  Campaign  Badge.  West  Indies  Campaign,  Navy 
and  Marine  Corps,  first  ribbon.  Spanish  Campaign, 
Navy  and  Marine  Corps,  first  ribbon. 

23.  Campaign  Badge.  Philippine  Campaign,  Navy 
and  Marine  Corps,  first  ribbon. 

24.  Campaign  Badge.  China  Rehef  Expedition, 
Navy  and  Marine  Corps,  first  ribbon. 

25.  Campaign  Badge,  Nicaraguan  Campaign,  Navy 
and  Marine  Corps. 


CHAPTER  XXXIV 
DEFINITIONS  OF  GUNS 

A  gun  is  a  metallic  tube  from  which  projectiles  are 
thrown  by  the  explosive  force  of  a  given  charge  of 
gunpowder  with  a  given  muzzle  velocity,  or  by  the 
expansion  of  some  highly  compressed  gas. 

A  mortar  is  a  short,  heavy  metallic  tube  using  a 
high  angle  of  fire. 

A  rifle  is  a  gun  whose  bore  has  cut  on  its  surface 
a  number  of  spiral  ''grooves,"  into  which  the  soft 
metal  of  the  rotating  band  on  the  projectile  is  forced, 
thus  imparting  to  the  projectile  a  motion  of  rotation. 
The  raised  portions  between  the  grooves  are  called 
"lands." 

The  object  in  rifling  a  gun  is  to  impart  to  the  shell 
a  rapid  rotation  about  its  axis,  and  thus  give  it  the 
powers  of  a  gyroscope.  These  powers  resist  any 
deflection  of  the  shell's  longitudinal  axis,  and  prevent 
the  shell  from  'Humbling."  If  it  were  not  thus  given 
gyroscopic  properties,  with  great  power  to  resist 
deflecting  influences,  inaccuracies  would  result. 

A  built-up  gun  is  a  term  applied  to  all  guns  made 
up  of  different  parts,  the  idea  being  to  get  an  assem- 
blage of  parts  best  able  to  resist  the  pressures  of  the 
powder  gas.     The  gun  may  be  built  up  of  different 

215 


216   MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

metals.  The  most  usual  forms  are:  (a)  the  built-up 
gun  with  initial  pressure  obtained  by  shrinkage,  the 
exterior  parts  being  heated  to  go  over  the  interior 
parts  (used  in  our  Navy);  and  (h)  the  ''wire-wound" 
gun  (used  to  some  extent  in  our  Army). 

The  bore  of  a  gun  is  the  hole  in  the  gun  extending 
from  the  breech  face  to  the  muzzle  face  of  the  tube. 
It  forms  a  path  for  the  projectile,  and  also  serves 
to  contain  the  powder  charge  before  firing,  as  well  as 
to  confine  the  powder  gases  after  firing. 

The  caliber  of  a  gun  is  the  diameter  of  a  cylinder 
which  touches  the  highest  points  of  all  the  lands. 

The  word  caliber  is  also  used  in  connection  with 
the  length  of  the  gun,  meaning  the  length  of  the  tube 
or  bore  divided  by  the  diameter  of  the  bore.  A 
5G-caliber  12-inch  B.  L.  R.  is  50  calibers  in  length 
from  the  breech  face  to  the  muzzle  face  of  the  tube 
or  bore,  i.e.,  50X12"  =  600''. 

Designation  of  Guns.  Guns  are  usually  named 
or  designated  either  by  (1)  caliber  in  inches,  followed 
by  the  length  of  bore  in  calibers  and  the  mark  of  the 
gun,  or  (2)  weight  of  projectile  expressed  in  pounds  for 
small  caliber  guns  (1  to  6  pounders),  followed  by 
the  mark  of  the  guns;  thus,  14-inch  45  cal.,  Mark  I, 
mod.  1. 

Guns  Classed  Aboard  Ship.  The  following  is  the 
classification  for  battleships  and  armored  cruisers: 
(1)  main  battery;  (2)  secondary  battery;  (3)  minor- 
caliber  guns;  (4)  landing  guns;  (5)  field  guns;  and 
(6)  small  arms. 


DEFINITIONS  OF  GUNS  217 

Main-battery  Guns.  All  guns  of  and  above  8 
inches  in  caliber  constitute  the  ''main  battery." 

Secondary-battery  Guns.  All  guns  of  and  above  4 
inches  in  caliber  up  to  and  including  7  inches  in  caliber 
constitute  the  secondary-battery  guns. 

Torpedo-defense  battery  constitutes  all  guns  desig- 
nated to  repel  torpedo  attacks.  It  generally  consists 
of  all  secondary-battery  guns,  but  may  include  main- 
battery  guns. 

On  small  vessels,  such  as  destroyers,  the  guns  car- 
ried constitute  the  ^'batteiy,"  without  any  prefixed 
designation. 

Minor  caliber  guns  include  all  guns  of  a  caliber 
greater  than  small  arms  and  less  than  4  inches  in 
caliber. 

Field  guns  are  of  3-inch  caliber  and  are  supplied 
with  field  carriages  for  use  on  shore.  They  are  lighter 
in  weight  and  shorter  than  torpedo-defense  guns  of 
the  same  caliber. 

Boat  guns  are  supplied  with  mounts  for  use  in 
small  boats,  such  as  launches  and  cutters. 

Semi-automatic  guns  are  those  in  which  the  force 
of  explosion  ejects  the  fired  cartridge  case  and  leaves 
the  breech  so  that  it  clears  autoinatically  when  another 
cartridge  is  properly  inserted. 

Automatic  guns  are  those  in  which  the  force  of 
explosion  is  used  to  eject  the  fired  cartridge  case  and 
load  another  cartridge.  When  ammunition  is  properly 
supplied  no  force  but  pressure  on  the  trigger  is  required 
for  continuous  fire. 


218   MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  RECOGNITION  BOOK 

Machine  guns  are  those  which,  with  proper  ammuni- 
tion supply,  fire  continuously  when  a  crank  or  lever 
is  turned.  Unlike  an  automatic  gun,  the  machine 
gun  must  have  its  mechanism  operated  by  outside 
power. 

Small  arms  are  rifles  fired  from  the  shoulder,  and 
pistols. 

Subcaliber  Guns.  A  gun  is  called  a  subcaHber 
gun  when  it  is  used,  mounted  inside  or  outside  a 
larger  gun,  for  short-range  gunnery  practice.  One- 
pounders  and  small-arm  rifles  are  used  for  this  purpose. 

A  breech  mechanism,  or  fermeture,  is  a  mechanical 
device  for  closing  the  rear  end  of  the  chamber  or 
bore  of  a  breech-loading  gun.  The  term  includes  the 
breechblock  or  plug,  all  mechanism  contained  in  or 
with  it,  and  the  necessary  operating  gear. 

The  muzzle  velocity  of  a  gun  is  the  speed  at  which 
the  projectile  leaves  the  gun  and  is  measured  in  feet 
per  second.  The  higher  the  muzzle  velocity  of  a  gun 
of  given  size  the  more  powerful  the  gun,  the  longer 
the  range  and  the  straighter  the  trajectory.  The 
trajectory  is  the  path  of  the  projectile  through  the 
air. 

A  torpedo  is  a  weapon  carrying  a  head  filled  with 
gun  cotton  and  so  fitted  with  motive  gear  that  after 
firing  it  runs  by  its  own  machinery  beneath  the  water 
and  explodes  when  it  comes  in  contact  with  some 
sohd  object. 


INDEX 


PAGE 

Armored  cruiser,  definition  of 49 

Army,  United  States: 

Battalion 14 

Chief  of  Staff 1 

Classes  of  men 17 

Company 14 

Composition  of  the 7 

Corps 13 

Customs  of  the 17 

Division 13 

Etiquette  of 21 

General  Staff  of 2 

Grades  in  order  of  rank  of  officers  and  enlisted  men 17 

Insignia  of  rank 83 

Non-Commissioned  Officers 17 

Officers 17 

Organization  of  the. .  : 13 

Regiment 14 

Relative  rank  of  officers  of  the 76 

Secretary  of  the 1 

Staff  Officers  of  the 2 

Uniform  of  the 82 

War  Medals  of  the 193 

Armies,  Foreign 77 

Assistant  Secretary,  United  States  Army 1 

Assistant  Secretary,  United  States  Navy 38 

219 


220  INDEX 

PAGE 

Battle  cruiser,  definition  of 49 

Battleship,  definition  of 49 

Bureaus  of  U.  S.  Navy  Department,  duties  of 38 

Bureaus  of  U.  S.  War  Department,  duties  of 2 

Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  U.  S.  Navy 38 

Chief  Petty  Officers,  U.  S.  Navy 58 

Chief  of  Staff,  U.  S.  Army 1 

Coast  Artillery,  U.  S.  Army 12 

Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  United  States. 75 

(1)  duties  of 75 

(2)  insignia  of  rank  of  officers  of 123 

(3)  relative  rank  of  officers  of 76 

Coast  Guard,  United  States: 

(1)  Organization 72 

(2)  Insignia  of  rank 120 

(3)  Relative  rank 76 

Customs,  United  States  Army 21 

United  States  Navy '. 62 

Destroyer,  definition  of 50 

Dreadnaught,  definition  of 49 

Duties  of  officers  aboard  ship,  U.  S.  Navy 52 

Etiquette,  United  States  Army 21 

United  States  Navy 62 

British  Army 129 

Field  Artillery,  United  States  Army 11 

Fleet,  United  States,  Composition  of 46 

Foreign  Armies,  Peace  strength  and  Organization  of 77 

General  Board  of  the  U.  S.  Navy,  The 42 

General  Staff  of  the  U.  S.  Army,  The 2 

Geographical  Division  of  the  U.  S.  Army,  The 15. 

Gims,  definition  of 215 


INDEX  221 

PAGE 

Insignia  of  rank  of  officers  of: 

Foreign  Armies  and  Navies: 

Austria-Hungary 161 

Belgium 182 

Bulgaria 192 

France 136 

Germany 145 

Great  Britain 125 

Italy 153 

Japan 170 

Montenegro 190 

Portugal 192 

Rumania 192 

Russia 177 

Serbia 190 

Turkey 188 

United  States  Army 83 

Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey 123 

Coast  Guard ; 120 

Light  House  Service 119 

Marine  Corps 117 

Naval  Militia • 115 

Naval  Reserve r. 112 

Navy 102 

Junior  Naval  Reserve,  United  States,  The 37 

Light  House  Service : 

Duties  of 73 

Insignia  of  rank 119 

Line  Officers,  United  States  Army 11 

United  States  Navy 54 

Marine  Corps,  United  States:  70 

Commandant 71 


222  INDEX 


PAGE 


Marine  Corps,  United  States: 

Insignia  of  rank 117 

Organization 70 

Relative  rank 76 

Reserve 71 

Monitor,  definition  of 50 

Naval  Districts,  United  States 44 

Naval  Militia,  United  States: 

Composition 33 

Insignia  of  rank 115 

Relative  rank 114 

Naval  Reserve,  United  States: 

Composition 35 

Insignia  of  rank 112 

Relative  rank 114 

Junior 37 

Naval  War  College 45 

Navy,  United  States: 

Bureaus 39 

Chief  of  Operations 58 

Chief  Petty  Officers 58 

Classes  of  men 58 

Composition 33 

Customs 62 

Districts 44 

Duties  of  Officers  of 52 

Etiquette 62 

Grades  in  order  of  rank ; 76 

Line  officers 56 

Officers 55 

Organization  of: 

(1)  Afloat 46 

(2)  Ashore 38 

Personnel  of  ships  of 52 


INDEX  223 

PAGE 

Navy,  United  States: 

Petty  Officers ! 58 

Secretary  of  the 38 

Ships  of  the,  definition  of 49 

Staff  Officers  of  the 59 

War  Medals  of  the 193 

Warrant  Officers  of  the 57 

Officers,  United  States  Army,  Duties  of 14 

United  States  Navy,  Duties  of 52 

Personnel  of  Army,  United  States 17 

Personnel  of  Navy,  United  States 52 

Ships,  United  States 49 

Ribbons  of  Medals  and  Badges 210 

Secretary  of  United  States  Army 1 

Secretary  of  United  States  Navy 38 

Staff  Officers,  United  States  Navy: 

(1)  Composition  of 56 

(2)  Relative  rank  of 59 

Staff,  United  States  Army: 

(1)  Organization  of 2 

(2)  Duties  of  officers  of 2 

Submarine,  definition  of 50 

Submarine  chaser,  definition  of 50 

Table  of  relative  ranks.  United  States  MiUtary  Forces 76 

Uniforms : 

Foreign  Armies  and  Navies : 

Austria-Hungary 161 

Belgium .' 182 

Bulgaria 192 

France 136 


224  INDEX 

PAGE 

Uniforms: 

Germany 145 

Great  Britain 125 

Italy • 153 

Japan 170 

Montenegro 190 

Portugal *. 192 

Rumania 192 

Russia 177 

Serbia 199 

Turkey 188 

United  States  Army 82 

Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey 124 

Coast  Guard 118 

Light  House  Service 122 

Marine  Corps 116 

Naval  Militia 114 

Naval  Reserve 114 

Navy 101 

War  Medals,  United  States  Army  and  Navy 193 

Warrant  OflBcers,  United  States  Navy , 57 


yy/yy///V/vy////y/V/vy^^^^ 


MILITARY  BOOKS 


A  Short  Title  List 
of  Standard  Books 
on  Military  Science 
of  All  Publishers 


D.  VAN  NOSTRAND  COMPANY 

Headquarters  for 

MILITARY  BOOKS  SINCE  1848 

25  PARK  PLACE  NEW  YORK 


STANDARD  MILITARY  BOOKS 

Detailed  descriptions  on  request. 


AERONAUTICS 

BURLS,  G.  A. 

Aero  Engines $3 .  50 

DIXIE,  A.  E. 

Air  Navigation  for  Flight  Officers 4 .  OD 

DOMMETT,  W.  E. 

Aeroplanes  and  Airships 80 

DUCHENE,  COMMANDANT 

Flight  Without  Formulae        2 .  50 

DUCHENE,  COMMANDANT 

The  Mechanics  of  the  Aeroplane  .  .  2 .  50 
EIFFEL,  G.  {translated  by  J.  C.  HUNSACKER) 

Resistance  of  Air  and  Aviation 10 .  00 

FAGE,  A, 

The  Aeroplane 2 .  50 

GRAHAM-WHITE,  C,  and  HARPER,  H. 

Learning  to  Fly 75 

GREENHILL,   G. 

Dynamics  of  Mechanical  Flight 2 .  60 

HAY  WARD,  CHAS.  B. 

Building  and  Flying  an  Aeroplane 1 .  00 

JUDGE,  A.  W. 

Design  of  Aeroplanes 4 .  50 


KENNEDY,   R. 

Flying  Machines  •   Practice  and  Design     .     .     .    $2 .  00 

KENNEDY,  R. 

Aeroplane  Construction .      1 .  50 

LANCHESTER,   F.    W. 

Flying  Machines  from  an  Engineering  Standpoint     3 .  00 

LANCHESTER,   F.    W. 

Aerial  Flight,  2  vols. 

Vol.  I  — Aerodynamics .       6.00 

Vol.  II— Aerodonetics 6.00 

LANCHESTER,  F.   W. 

Aircraft  in  War 4 .  00 

LOENING,   G.    C. 

Military  Aeroplanes 4.75 

MATTHEWS,  R.  B. 

Aviation  Pocket  Book  for  1917      .     .     .     .     .     .      1.50 

PAGE,  VICTOR  W. 

Aviation  Chart ;  Power  Plant  Troubles  Made  Easy      .  50 

Aviation  Engines ;  Design,  Construction,  Repair  .     3.00 

Glossary    of    Aviation    Terms;    English- French. 

Francais- Anglais 1.00 

PIERCE,  R.  M 

Dictionary  of  Aviation 1 .  50 

ROBSON,    WILLIAM  A. 

Aircraft  in  War  and  Peace       ....  .     .      1 .  00 

SPAIGHT,   J.   M. 

Aircraft  in  War 2.00 

TALBOT,   F.   A. 

Aeroplanes  and  Dirigibles  of  War  .  .  .  .  .  1.25 
WIDMER,  E.  J. 

Military  Observation  Balloons 3 .  00 

WOODHOUSE,  H. 

Textbook  of  Military  Aeronautics     .     .     .     .     .      6 .  00 


ARTILLERY,   COAST  AND  FIELD 

Gunnery  and  Explosives  for  Field  Artillery  Officers        .  40 

HAMMOND,  J.  S.  and  OLMSTEAD  D. 
Gunner's  Handbook  for  Field  Artillery       ...         .60 
Manufacture  of  Artillery  Ammunition       .     .  6.00 


Shrapnel  and  Other  War  Material $1 .  50 

Coast  Artillery  Drill  Regulations 1 .  00 

Provisional  Drill  and  Service  Regulations  for  Field 

Artillery  (Horse  and  Light)  1 .  25 

Provisional  Drill  and  Service  Regulations  for  Field 

Ajtillery  (6  Inch  Howitzer;,  1917     ....       1.25 
BETHELL,    H.   A, 

Modern  Guns  and  Gunnery 6.00 

BISHOP,  H.  G. 

Elements  of  Modern  Field  Artillery       .     .     .     .       1 .  50 
BISHOP,  H.  G. 

Operation  Orders,  Field  Artillery 1.00 

CLOKE,   H.   E. 

Gunner's  Examiner  .     .  , 1 .  50 

DYER,  A.  B. 

Handbook  of  Light  Artillery   .  3 .  00 

EISSLER,   M. 

Modern  High  Explosives  4 .  00 

GRUBER,  E.  L. 

Notes  on  3-inch  Gun  Material 50 

GUTTMAN,  OSCAR 

The  Manufacture  of  Explosives.    2  vols.  11.00 

INGALLS,  J.   M. 

Interior  Ballistics 3 .  00 

LISSAK,   O.   M. 

Ordnance  and  Gunnery 6 .  00 

MacALISTER,  D.  A. 

Field  Gunnery 1.00 

MARSHALL,  A. 

Explosives.    2  vols 16.00 

MORETTI,  O.  and  DANFORD,  R.  M. 

Notes  on  Training  Field  Artillery  Details   .     .     .       2 .  00 
OMMUNDSEN,  H.,  and  ROBINSON,  E.  H. 

Rifles  and  Ammunition      .......       6.00 

RUGGLES,  C.  L. 

Stresses   in  Wire   Wrapped   Guns  and  in  Gun 

Carriages 3.00 

SANFORD,   P.    G. 

Nitro-Explosives 4.00 

SPAULDING,    CAPT.    OLIVER  L. 

Notes  on  Field  Artillery      .     ,     .     .     ,     .     .     .       1.26 


WEAVER,  E.   M. 

Notes  on  Military  Explosives $3.00 

WISE,   T.  C. 

Gunnery;   an  Elementary  Treatise 3.00 

WORDEN,  E.  C. 

Nitro-cellulose  Industry.    2  vols 10.00 

FIELD    ENGINEERING 

Engineer's  Field  Manual 1.25 

ARMY  SERVICE  SCHOOLS 

Notes  on  Field  Fortifications 60 

BEACH,    CAPT.    WM.   D. 

Manual  of  Military  Field  Engineering.    9th  Ed. 

Revised.    Cloth 1.75 

BOND,  P.  S. 

Engineer  in  War 1.50 

FIEBEGER,    G.   J. 

Textbook  of  Field  Fortifications 2.00 

KENYON,  R.  E. 
Land  and  Coast  Fortification 2.00 

ROBINSON,   ERNEST   F. 
Military  Preparedness  and  the  Engineer     .     .     .      1.50 

SOLANO,  E.  J. 
Field  Entrenchments ;  Spadework  for  Riflemen  .       1 .  00 

VICKERS,  L. 
Training  for  the  Trenches 1.00 

WALDRON,  W.  H. 

Elements  of  Trench  Warfare  .......        .76 

HYGIENE  AND   SANITATION 

Drill  Regulations  and  Service  Manual  for  Sanitary 

Troops 75 

Manual  for  the  Medical  Department,  U.  S.  Army      1 .  10 
ASH  BURN,   P.   M. 
Elements  of  Military  Hygiene      .<,....       1 .  50 

HASTINGS,  S. 
First  Aid  for  the  Trenches       ..,«•..      1.00 


HAVARD,  V. 

Military  Hygiene $5 .  00 

KEEPER,  F.  R. 

Military  Hygiene 1 .  50 

LELEAN,  P.  S. 

Sanitation  in  War 2 .  00 

MUNSON,  LIEUT.  COL.  EDW.  L. 

The  Principles  of  Sanitary  Tactics 2 .  00 

MUNSON,  E.  L. 

Soldier's  Foot  and  Military  Shoe 1.35 

STRAUB,  PAUL  F., 

Medical  Service  in  Campaign 1 .  50 

WOOD,  R.  C. 

The  Soldier's  First  Aid 50 

WOODHULL,  A.  A. 

Military  Hygiene  for  officers  of  the  Line    .     .     .  1 .  60 


LANGUAGES 

Rapid-fire  English- French- German  for  Soldiers  .         .25 

COLEMAN  and  LA  MESLEE 
Le  Soldat  Americain  en  France .50 

CROSS,  H. 
Soldier's  Spoken  French CO 

GULLICHAN,    W.  M. 
Soldiers' English- French  Conversation  Book  .30 

MORTON,   MAJOR   C.    G. 
English-Spanish  Pocket  Manual.     Cloth  .     .     .       1 .  00 

MOSS,   MAJOR   JAS.   A. 

Spanish  for  Soldiers 1 .  00 

Oxford  English  and  French  Conversation  Book  for 
Army  and  Navy  Men .25 

PICARD,  J. 
Cortina  French-English  Military  Manual  .     .     .      2 .  00 

PLUM  ON,  E. 
Vade  Mecum  for  the  Use  of  Officers  and  Inter- 
preters in  the  Present  Campaign  (French  and 
English  Technical  and  Military  Terms;      ...         .75 


WILKINS,  COLEMAN  and  HUSE 
First  Lessons  in  Spoken  French  for  Men  in  Mil- 
itary Service $  .  50 

WILKINS,  COLEMAN  and  PRESTON 
First  Lessons  in  Spoken  French  for  Doctors  and 
Nurses 60 

MACHINE  GUNS 

AINSLIE,  G,  M. 
Handbook  on  Rifle  and  Hand  Grenades     .     .     .       1  25 
Combined  Infantry  and  Cavalry  Drill  Regulations 
for  Machine  Gun  Companies  for  Automatic  Ma- 
chine Rifle,  Caliber  .30  (Model  1909)      30 

HATCHER,  J.  S.,  and  others. 

Machine  Guns 2 .  50 

Operation  and  Tactical  Use  of  the  Lewis  Automatic 
Machine  Rifle 60 

LONGSTAFF  AND  ATTERIDGE 
The  Book  of  the  Machine  Gun 3 .  50 

McKEDLAR,  K.  B. 
Machine  Gun  Practice  and  Tactics        .  .         .90 

MERKATZ,  F.  v. 
New  Methods  of  Machine  Gun  Fire 25 

SOLANO,  E.  J. 

Machine  Gun  Training  1 .  00 

MANUALS 

UNITED  STATES  ARMY 

Cavalry  Drill  Regulations 75 

Field  Service  Regulations 75 

Infantry  Drill  Regulations 50 

Manual    for    Non- Commissioned    Officers    and 

Privates 50 

Manual  of  Military  Courts  Martial 1 .  10 

Manual  of  Interior  Guard  Duty  .  ^ 50 

Small  Arms  Firing  Manual 7g 

Rules  of  Land  Warfare .75 

Complete  U.  S.  Infantry  Guide  (25  Government 
Manuals) 6.00 


ANDREWS,  L.  C,  and  others 

Fundamentals  of  Military  Service $1 .  50 

Bayonet  Training  Manual,  Used  by  the  British 

Forces 30 

BOLLES,  F.  C.  and  others 

What  a  Soldier  Should  Know 1 .  00 

FITSCHEN,  H. 

Spade  (Trench)  Warfare.  Trans,  from  German.  .50 
KILNER,   W.  G.  and  MACELROY,  A.  J. 

The  Cantonment  Manual 1 .  00 

DONOVAN,  T.  F. 

Home  Guard  Manual .60 

GUILD  AND   TEST 

Militia  Field  Manual 1 .  00 

HOLBROOK,   L.   R. 

Mess  Officers' Assistant 1.00 

HOLBROOK,  L.   R. 

Mess  Sergeant's  Handbook  .     .  .     .       i .  OO 

LAWTON,  MAJOR  F.  H. 

Extracts  from  U.  S.  Army  Regulations  .  1.00 

McARTHUR,  J.  C. 

What  a  Company  Officer  Must  Know    .  2 .  00 

MOSS,  J.  A. 

Army  Paperwork 2 .  00 

MOSS,   MAJOR   J  AS.   A. 

Infantry  Drill  Regulations  (with  annotations)  .  75 

MOSS,   MAJOR   JAS.   A. 

Non-commissioned  Officers' Manual  ....  1.50 
MOSS,  MAJOR   JAS   A. 

Officers'  Manual 2.50 

MOSS,   MAJOR   JAS.   A. 

Privates'  Manual 1 .  00 

ROBBINS,  E.  J. 

Universal  Drill  Manual 1 .  00 

SELKIRK,  W.  O. 

Catechism  of  Manual  of  Guard  Duty 50 

SOLANO,  E.  J. 

Musketry 1.00 

SPINELLI.   MAJOR   H.   B. 

A  Catechism  of  Court-Martial  Duty 75 


TURNER,  F.  H. 
Infantry  Drill  Regulations,  Annotated  ....$.  75 

TUPES,   H.,  and  POOLE,   S. 
Manual    of    Bayonet   Exercises    and    Musketry 
Fencing 50 

WILLIAMS,   A.   E. 

Manual  for  Quartermasters 1 .  10 

WILLIAMS,  A.  E. 

Company  Supply  Manual— Infantry 40 

MILITARY  TRAINING 

BROCKINGTON,  W.  A. 

Elements  of  Military  Education 1 .  60 

BADEN-POWELL,   R. 

Quick  Training  for  War .50 

CAMPBELL,  M.  V. 

Rapid  Training  of  Recruits 1  00 

ELLIS,  E.   O.,  and  GARY,   E.   B. 

The  Plattsburg  Manual.    A  Textbook  for  Military 

Training  Camp 2 .  00 

GAREY  E.  B.  and  ELLIS,  O.  O. 

The  Junior  Plattsburg  Manual    .  .  .       1 .  50 

MAKING,  BRIG.  GEN, 

Company  Training 1 .  50 

LAFF ARGUE,  ANDRE 

The  Attack  in  Trench  Warfare .50 

MORRISON,   JOHN  F. 

Training  Infantry 60 

MOSS,   JAS.   A. 

Manual  of  Military  Training 2 .  25 

MOSS,  JAS.  A. 

Questions  on  Manual  of  Military  Training  .CO 

MOSS,  JAS.  A. 

Self -Helps  for  the  Citizen-Soldier 2 .  25 

PARKER,  JOHN  H. 

Trained  Citizen-Soldiery 1 .  25 

SOLANO,  E.  J. 

Drill  and  Field  Training- Scouting 1.00 

STAGEY,  C. 

Company  Training 1.00 


SUTHERLAND,  S.  J. 

The  Reserve  Officers  Handbook.        Cloth  .     .     .  $1 .  25 

Limp  Leather  1 .  76 
TURNER,  G.  S.  and  FULMER,  J.  J. 

Battle  Fire  Training 1 .  00 

WALDRON,   W.  H. 

Company  Administration 1.75 

WELSHIMER,  R.  R. 

Primer  for  the  Officer's  Reserve  Corps  and  Officers 

of  Volunteers  and  the  National  Guard  .     .     .     .  1.00 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING 

Handbook  of  Physical  Training.     2  vols.     (Eng- 
lish) 

Vol.1 60 

Vol.  II 60 

BUTTS,  E.  L. 
Manual  of  Physical  Drill 1 .  26 

GAREY,  E.   B. 

Manual  of  Physical  Drill 1 .  00 

Manual  of  Physical  Training,  U.  S.  Army  ...         .75 


SCIENCE   OF   WAR 

ALTHAM,   E.   A. 

Principles  of  War.     2  vols 4 .  50 

AZAN,  P. 

War  of  Positions 1 .  26 

FLETCHER-VANE,  FRANCIS 

The  Principles  of  Military  Art 1 .  26 

HENDERSON,    COL.    G.  F,  R. 

The  Science  of  War .'     .  4.00 

SARGENT,  COL.  H.  H. 

Campaign  of  Santiago  de  Cuba.  3  vols.  .  .  .  5 .  00 
SARGENT,  COL.  H.  H. 

Campaign  of  Marengo 1 .  60 

SARGENT,  COL.  H.  H. 

J^apoleon  Bonaparte's  First  Campaign       .     .     .  1 .  60 


VON  CAEMMERER 

Development  of  Strategical  Science  during  19th 

Century .     .     .     $3.00 

VON  CLAUSEWITZ,  GEN,  CARL. 

On  War.    3  vols 7.50 

VON  DER  GOLTZ,  LIEUT. -GEN. 

The  Conduct  of  War 2.00 


SIGNALLING 

Manual  of  Electric  Instruments  and  Telephone 

for  the  Signal  Corps 1 .  CO 

Drill  Regulations  for  Field  Company  of  the  Signal 

Corps     .     .     .     .     o 75 

JOLY,  J. 

Synchronous  Signalling  in  Navigation  .  .         .75 

PALEN,   M.   A. 

Lessons  in  Visual  Signalling 60 

Signal  Book,  U.  S.  Army 35 

STEVENS,   E.   J. 

Field  Telephones  for  Army  Use 1 .  00 

ZEN  NECK,  J. 

Wireless  Telegraphy 4 .  00 

TACTICS 

Tactics  of  Coast  Defence 2 .  00 

ARMY  SERVICE   SCHOOLS 
Studies  in  Minor  Tactics .76 

BALCK  {COL.)    Translated  by  Walter  Kreuger 
Tactics 

Vol.  I— Introduction  and  Formal  Tactics  cf  In- 
fantry     3.00 

Vol.  II — Cavalry,  Field  and  Heavy  Artillery  in 
Field  Warfare 3.00 

BOND,  P.  s.,  and  Mcdonough,  m.  j. 
The  Technique  of  Modern  Tactics 2 .  65 

BJORNSTAD,  A.   W. 

^mall  Problems  for  Infantry  .     ..,,,.        .75 


GRAY,   ALONZO 
Cavalry  Tactics $1 .  00 

GRIEPENKERL,  MAJOR  GENERAL 
Letters  on  Applied  Tactics 2 .  00 

HANNA,  M.  E. 
Tactical  Principles  and  Problems     .  .     .      2 .  50 

HOENIG,  FRITZ 
Inquiries  into  the  Tactics  of  the  Future  2 .  00 

IN  GALL,  J.  M. 
Handbook  of  Problems  in  Direct  Fire    .     .     .     .       4 .  00 

LAFF ARGUE,  A. 
Attack  in  Trench  Warfare .50 

MAGUIRE,   E. 
Attack  and  Defense  of  Coast  Fortifications  2 .  50 

MERCUR,  JAMES 
Attack  of  Fortified  Places 2.00 

MOSS,   JAS.   A. 
Applied  Minor  Tactics 1 .  00 

MOSS,  J.  A. 
Trench  Warfare 1 .  25 

NICHOLSON,  W.  A. 
Artillery  Fire 1 .50 

SMITH,  J.  S. 
Trench  Warfare 1 .  50 

SWINTON,  E.  D. 
Defense  of  Buffer's  Drift 25 

THUILLIER,    CAPT.   H.   F. 
The  Principles  of  Land  Defence 5 .  00 

VON  ALT EN 
Studies  in  Applied  Tactics 2 .  00 

WAGNER,  A,  L. 
Strategy 75 

WISSER,  JOHN  P. 
Practical  Field  Exercises  in  Tactics  and  Strategy. 
Cloth 2  00 

WALDRON,  W.  H. 
Tactical  Walks ,     .     .     .     .       1 .  50 


TOPOGRAPHY 

BARNES,   CAPT.   JOHN  B. 

Elements  of  Military  Sketching  and  Map  Reading  $  .  75 
CARLOCK,   F.   D. 

Military  Topography  and  Photography  .     .  2 .  50 

COLE,  E.  F. 

Individual  and  Combined  Sketching     .     .     .     .  1 .  00 

GRIEVES,   L.   C. 
Military  Sketching  and  Map  Reading     ....       1.00 

GRIEVES,   L.   C. 
Military  Sketching  and  Map  Reading  for  Non- 
commissioned Officers 1 .  25 

LAFF ARGUE,  ANDRE 
The  Attack  in  Trench  Warfare 50 

MERTENS,    translated  by  W.  KRUGER 
Tactics  and  Technique  of  River  Crossings  2  50 

REED,  H.  A. 
Topographical  Drawing  and  Sketching       .     .     .       4 .  00 

REINHARDT,  C.   W. 
Lettering  for  Draughtsmen,  Engineers,  and  Stu- 
dents       1.00 

S  HER  RILL,   C.    O. 
Military  Map  Reading 90 

SHERRILL,   CO. 
Military  Topography 2 .  50 

SHERRILL,   C.    O. 
Rapid  Reconnaissance  Sketching 1 .  25 

SMITH,  R.  S.  and  McMILLAN,  C. 
Manual  of  Topographical  Drawing 2 .  25 

SWEENEY,  W.  C. 
Sketching  Methods 1 .  00 

WILSON,  H.  M. 
Topographic  Surveying       ........       3 .  50 

TRANSPORTATION  AND  RATIONING 

Army   Horse   in   Accident   and   Disease    (1909) 

Mounted  Service  School .85 

Army  Transport  Service  Regulations     .     .  .50 


Manual  for  Army  Bakers $  .  50 

Manual  for  Army  Cooks .75 

BAKER,   C.   B. 
Transportation  of  Troops  and  Materiel  1 .  50 

BAKER,  C.  B. 
Handbook  of  Transportation  by  Rail  and  Com- 
mercial Vessels     1.00 

BAKER,  I.  O. 
Roads  and  Pavements 4 .  60 

ESP  A  NET,  OCTAVE 
Notes  on  the  Supply  of  an  Army 1 .  50 

HOLBROOK,  L.  R. 
Handling  the  Straight  Army  Ration  1 .  50 

LAWTON,  F.  H.  and  others 
Field  Quartermaster's  Handbook  2.00 

LAYRIZ,  O. 
Mechanical  Traction  in  War  for  Road  Transport .       2 .  00 

WEBB,  W.  L. 
Railroad  Construction 4.00 

WIMPERIS,   H.   E. 
Principles  of  the  Application  of  Power  to  Road 
Transport 1.60 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Army  and  Navy  Diary 50 

BAKER,  I.  O 
Masonry  Construction        4 .  60 

BAKER,  M.  N. 
Potable  Water  and  Methods  of  Detecting  Ira- 
purities       50 

BARNES,  J.  B. 
Letters  of  a  Plattsburg  Patriot  (humorous)  .       1 .  00 

BUNKLEY,  J.   W. 
Military  and  Naval  Recognition  Book    .  1 .  00 

CAMERON,  L.  C.  J.  R. 
Infantry  Scouting  1.00 

CARTER 
Horses,  Saddles  and  Bridles 2.76 

CLOKE,  H.  E. 
The  Enlisted  Specialist's  Examiner 2.00 


DAVIS,  G.  B. 

The  Elements  of  Law $2 .  50 

DAVIS,  G.  B. 

A  Treatise  on  the  Military  Law  of  the  United 

States 7.00 

DION,  S.  A. 

Tanks,  Gas,  Bombing,  Liquid  Fire 1 .  25 

DUDLEY,  E.  S. 

Military    Law    and    the    Procedure    of    Courts 

Martial 2 .  50 

FALLS,  D.  W.  C. 

Army  and  Navy  Information 1 .  00 

FIEBEGER,  G.  J. 

Civil  Engineering 5.00 

FOSTER,  H.  A. 

Electrical  Engineer's  Pocket-book 5.00 

FRYE,  A.  I. 

Civil  Engineer's  Pocket-book 5.00 

GRUBER,  E.  L. 

Notes  on  3-inch  Gun  Material 50 

HENDERSON,   D. 

Art  of  Reconnaissance 1 .  50 

HOWE,    G. 

Mathematics  for  the  Practical  Man  1 .  25 

KENT,  W. 

Mechanical  Engineer's  Pocket-book  5 .  00 

LALLIER,  E.    V. 

Elementary  Manual  of  the  Steam  Engine  2  00 

LAWTON,  F.   W.,  and  DEMPSEY,   W.  A. 

Quartermaster  Administration 2 .  00 

LODGE,  O.  J. 
Elementary  Mechanics 1 .  50 

MACQUARRIE,  HECTOR 

How  to  Live  at  the  Front 1  25 

McKENNEY,   H.   J. 

Exercises  for  Systematic  Scout  Instruction  1.25 

MARSHALL 

Elements  of  Hippology 1  50 

MERRIMAN,  M. 

Treatise  on  Hydraulics 4.00 


MOSS,  MAJOR  JAS.   A. 
Peace  and  War  Duties  of  the  Enlisted  Man  $  .  50 

MOSS,  MAJOR  JAS.  A.  and  WALDRON,  MAJOR   W.  H. 
What  Sammy's  Doing .75 

PARKER,  P.  A.  M. 
Control  of  Water 5.00 

PARKER,   RALPH  M. 
An  Officer's  Notes 2 .  00 

REY,   JEAN   (Trans,  by  J.   H.   JOHNSON) 
Range  of  Electric  Searchlight  Projectors    .  4.50 

ROBINSON,  LIEUT.  COL.   W. 
Electricity 2.50 

SOLANO,  E.  J. 

Camps,  Billets  and  Cooking 1 .  00 

The  Soldiers' Diary  and  Note  Book 1.00 

STEWART,   M.   B. 
Military  Character,  Habit,  Deportment,  Courtesy 
and  Discipline 1 .  00 

SWOOPE,  C.   W. 
Lessons  in  Practical  Electricity    .  2 .  00 

TURNER  G.  S.  and  FULMER  J.  J. 
Battle  Fire  Training 1.00 

WALDRON,    W.   H. 
Scouting  and  Patrolling 25 

WALSH,  H.  P. 
Taking  Bearings  1 .  00 

WIMPERIS,   H.   E. 
Primer  of  the  Internal  Combustion  Engine  1 .  00 

ZU  HOHENLOHE  INGELFINGEN,  PRINCE  KRAFT 

Letters  on  Infantry 2 .  00 

ZU  HOHENLOHE  INGELFINGEN,  PRINCE  KRAFT 

Letters  on  Cavalry 1 .  75 

ZU  HOHENLOHE  INGELFINGEN,  PRINCE  KRAFT 

Letters  on  Artillery 2 .  50 


THE  WALDRON  BOOKS 

By  Major  WILLIAM  H.  WALDRON,  29lh  U.S.  Infantry 

SCOUTING  AND  PATROLLING 

Cloth  Bound    -:-     Fits  the  Pocket 
WHAT  TO  DO— HOW  TO  DO  IT 
Covers  the  duties  of  the  individual  scout  and  the  opera- 
tions of  the  Patrol  in  ''JSo  Man's  Land.'' 
Postpaid  -    -    -  50c. 

Elements  of  TRENCH  WARFARE 

Cloth  Bound     -:-     Fits  the  Pocket 
Compiled  from  the  latest  information  of  how  they  are 
going  about  it  on  the  Western  front. 
Profusely  illustrated. 

Postpaid  -    -    -  75c. 

COMPANY  ADMINISTRATION 

A  reference  book  that  no  Company  Commander,  First 
Sergeant  or  Company  Clerk  can  afford  to  be  without.  The 
most  complete  and  practical  treatment  of  the  subject  that 
has  been  produced. 

Postpaid  -    -    -  $1.25 

TACTICAL   WALKS 

A  system  of  instruction  for  Officers  and  non-commis- 
sioned Officers  for  the  duties  that  will  devolve  upon  them 
in  actual  service.     No  glittering  generalities — a  book  of 
detail — ^just  what  to  do.  Written  so  you  can  understand  it. 
Postpaid  -    -    -  $1.50 

The  Infantry  SOLDIER'S  HAND-BOOK 

An  illustrated  text-book  covering  the  training  of  the 
infantry  soldier  for  war. 
Every  soldier  in  the  Army  should  have  a  copy. 
Postpaid  -     -     -  $1.00 


VAN  NOSTRAND'S  MILITARY  MANUALS 


72  Pages  Illustrated  3^  x  sH  Postpaid  30c. 


Baynet  Training  Manual 

Used  by  the 

BRITISH  FORCES 

The  material  in  this  book  is  from  the  latest  British  Training 
Manual  (19 16),  which  is  based  on  their  experience,  and  their 
forces  as  well  as  ours  are  now  being  trained  in  accordance 
therewith. 

The  methods  described  have  been  adopted  for  use  in  training 
the  United  States  forces. 

150  Pages      Illustrated       3  Folding  Plates      3^^x53^      Postpaid  6oc« 


Operation  and  Tactical  Use  of  the 

Lewis  Automatic  Machine  Rifle 

Based  on  the  Experience  of  the  European  War 

'"fy1L'iT,°eSSJ'°°  Col.  I.  N.  LEWIS,  U.S.A. 

The  descriptive  text  is  full  and  accurate  in  detail,  while  the 
system  of  preliminary  and  practical  field  instruction  as  outlined 
follows  closely  that  now  employed  at  the  various  machine  gun 
schools  and  special  instruction  camps  in  England,  France  and  the 
United  States. 

90  Pages      Illustrated       5  Folding  Plates       3^^  x  53^^      Postpaid  see. 


The  Attack  in  Trench  Warfare 

By  Capt.  ANDRE  LAFFARGUE 

153rd  Infantry,  French  Army 

Translated  by  an   Officer  of  Infa^itry 

A  careful  study  on  the  general  and  detailed  aspects  of  the  tac- 
tics of  the  attack  in  trench  warfare,  one  of  the  important  features 
of  which  is  a  study  of  the  methods  of  training  infantry  units  for 
this  class  of  military  operations.  General  Joffre  was  so  impressed 
with  the  value  of  this  book  that  he  had  it  pubHshed  to  the  French 
Army  before  giving  it  out  for  general  publication. 


VAN  NOSTRAND'S  MILITARY  BOOKS 


231  Pages       SI  Plates— Many  in  Colors        Pocket  Size      Price  $1.00 


MILITARY  and  NAVAL 
RECOGNITION  BOOK 

{     '    '  '     "■ 

A  handbook  on  the  organization,  insignia 

of  rank,  and  customs  of  the  service 

of    the    World's    Important 

Armies   and   Navies. 

BY 

Lieut.  J.  W.  BUNKLEY 

U.  S.  Navy 

A  complete,  correct  and  fully  illustrated  guide  to 
the  insignia  of  our  army  and  navy  as  well  as  of  those 
of  the  nations  engaged  in  the  war,  compiled  from 
official  sources  and  useful  alike  to  civilians  as  well  as 
to  the  Army  and  Navy. 

You  will  need  this  book  to  help  you  recognize  our 
boys  at  home  and  to  distinguish  the  other  boys  "over 
there." 


D.  VAN  NOSTRAND  COMPANY 

HEADQUARTERS  SINCE  1860 
for 

MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  BOOKS 
25  Park  Place  NEW  YORK 


VB  48112 


370165 


L^U^ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  OBRARY 


